<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Danilogfigueiredo</id>
	<title>The Grove - Academia de Idiomas - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Danilogfigueiredo"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php/Special:Contributions/Danilogfigueiredo"/>
	<updated>2026-10-25T12:43:07Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.2</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/1&amp;diff=8729</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/1&amp;diff=8729"/>
		<updated>2016-08-03T14:03:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Grammar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{youtube|pylDEvRm8gg}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faça o seguinte exercício. Se cometer algum erro, assista ao vídeo novamente e refaça os exercícios. Não vá adiante até obter um aproveitamento de 100%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Caso não saiba o significado de alguma das palavras abaixo, pesquise em: [http://www.wordreference.com www.wordreference.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Reescreva os seguintes substantivos, colocando-os no plural:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
a. boy { boys _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
b. girl { girls _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
c. dog { dogs _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
d. match { matches _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
e. man { men _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
f. foot { feet _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
g. telephone { telephones _10 }&lt;br /&gt;
h. tooth { teeth _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
i. bus { buses _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
j. glass { glasses _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
k. baby { babies _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
l. bird { birds _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
m. chair { chairs _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
n. person { people _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
o. box { boxes _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
p. brush { brushes _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
q. child { children _8 }&lt;br /&gt;
r. banana { bananas _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
s. spoon { spoons _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
t. cup { cups _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
u. woman { women _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
v. newspaper { newspapers _10 }&lt;br /&gt;
w. dictionary { dictionaries _12 }&lt;br /&gt;
x. camera { cameras _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
y. city { cities _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
z. bag { bags _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leia o seguinte texto, mas não se preocupe em entender o significado, mais tarde trabalharemos esta parte. Por hora, vamos aprender a pronúncia. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please call Stella.  Ask her to bring these things with her from the store:  Six spoons of fresh snow peas, five thick slabs of blue cheese, and maybe a snack for her brother Bob.  We also need a small plastic snake and a big toy frog for the kids.  She can scoop these things into three red bags and we will go meet her Wednesday at the train station. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Agora, ouça várias vezes e compare a pronúncia de quatro falantes nativos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=detail&amp;amp;speakerid=61 english1], male, pittsburgh, pennsylvania, usa&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=detail&amp;amp;speakerid=154 english9], female, carthage, texas, usa&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=detail&amp;amp;speakerid=101 english41], male, wellington, new zealand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=detail&amp;amp;speakerid=99 english4], female, saint anne's bay, jamaica&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=find&amp;amp;language=english Lista] com mais exemplos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | '''The English Alphabet'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|A||B||C||D||E||F||G&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|H||I||J||K||L||M||N&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|O||P||Q||R||S||T||U&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! || || || || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|V||W||X||Y||Z|| || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouça um britânico falando o alfabeto:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;html5media&amp;gt;http://www.thegrove.com.br/images/e/ea/Alphabet.mp3&amp;lt;/html5media&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Para perguntar como soletramos uma palavra usamos a seguinte expressão:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*How do you spell &amp;quot;beautiful&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
**Como se soletra &amp;quot;beautiful&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quando uma letra se repete, usamos a expressão &amp;quot;double&amp;quot;, por exemplo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*How do you spell spoon?&lt;br /&gt;
*S, P, double O, N &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;html5media&amp;gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/a/aa/T1L1_-_vocabulary.mp3&amp;lt;/html5media&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use o seguinte recurso para treinar o alfabeto em inglês:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/alphabet/ Alphabet Practice]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Exercise====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Soletre as seguintes palavras:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#boy &lt;br /&gt;
#girl&lt;br /&gt;
#dog&lt;br /&gt;
#match&lt;br /&gt;
#man&lt;br /&gt;
#foot&lt;br /&gt;
#telephone&lt;br /&gt;
#tooth&lt;br /&gt;
#bus&lt;br /&gt;
#glass&lt;br /&gt;
#baby&lt;br /&gt;
#bird&lt;br /&gt;
#chair&lt;br /&gt;
#person&lt;br /&gt;
#box&lt;br /&gt;
#brush&lt;br /&gt;
#child&lt;br /&gt;
#banana&lt;br /&gt;
#spoon&lt;br /&gt;
#cup&lt;br /&gt;
#woman&lt;br /&gt;
#newspaper &lt;br /&gt;
#dictionary &lt;br /&gt;
#camera &lt;br /&gt;
#city &lt;br /&gt;
#bag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;html5media&amp;gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/c/c5/T1L1_-_Spelling_Exercise_Answers.mp3&amp;lt;/html5media&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classroom English==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vamos aprender algumas frases prontas para que você possa utilizar nas aulas que estão por vir.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;html5media&amp;gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/d/de/T1L1_-_Classroom_English.mp3&amp;lt;/html5media&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
* Hi, how are you?  &lt;br /&gt;
**Oi, como está você?&lt;br /&gt;
* I'm fine, thanks.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu estou bem, obrigado(a).&lt;br /&gt;
* My name is ___________ and I am __________ years old.&lt;br /&gt;
**Meu nome é __________ e eu tenho _____________ anos de idade.&lt;br /&gt;
* I work as a  ___________ .&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu sou ___________ . (função/ trabalho)&lt;br /&gt;
* What is the meaning of _____________ ?&lt;br /&gt;
** Qual o significado de _____________ ?&lt;br /&gt;
* How can I say ___________ in English? &lt;br /&gt;
** Como se diz _________ em inglês?&lt;br /&gt;
* Could you repeat that, please? &lt;br /&gt;
**Poderia repetir, por favor?&lt;br /&gt;
* Thanks! &lt;br /&gt;
**Obrigado!&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Bites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;html5media&amp;gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/3/3e/T1L1_-_Travel_Bites.mp3&amp;lt;/html5media&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Travel Bites|&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dunkinsizes.jpg|500px|Dunkin sizes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
Para tomar um café em um país de língua inglesa, é importante saber dizer que tamanho queremos que o copo seja.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No Dunkin' Donuts, uma das maiores redes de cafés dos Estados Unidos, eles usam as palavras padrões para os tamanhos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elas são: '''small''', '''medium''', '''large''' e '''extra large'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Já no Starbucks, eles resolveram inventar nomes e usam '''tall''' para '''small''', '''grande''' para '''medium''', '''venti''' para '''large''' e '''trenta''' para  '''extra large'''. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Challenge==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;label label-warning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Challenge&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Participe do jogo nos comentários ao final da lição. Diga o plural da palavra escolhida pelo participante anterior e lance um desafio para o próximo participante.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exemplo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The plural of the word &amp;quot;bat&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;bats&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
:Challenge word: '''beer'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/2|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier1-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Conversation/Diets&amp;diff=7842</id>
		<title>Lesson:Conversation/Diets</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Conversation/Diets&amp;diff=7842"/>
		<updated>2015-03-26T21:17:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Guessing Game */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Warm up==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sentences===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*I diet.&lt;br /&gt;
*I follow a diet.&lt;br /&gt;
*I pay attention to what I eat.&lt;br /&gt;
*I don't worry about what I eat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*I follow a vegetarian diet.&lt;br /&gt;
*I follow a macrobiotic diet.&lt;br /&gt;
*I follow a diet my nutritionist prescribed.&lt;br /&gt;
*I follow a gluten-free diet.&lt;br /&gt;
*I don't follow any specific diet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*I usually start a diet on Mondays.&lt;br /&gt;
*I prefer to diet in the summer.&lt;br /&gt;
*I sometimes start a diet in January.&lt;br /&gt;
*The best time of the year to start a diet is in the winter.&lt;br /&gt;
*The best day of the week to start a diet is on Wednesday.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*I eat mostly fruits, vegetables and grains.&lt;br /&gt;
*I eat a healthy balance of meats, vegetables and salads.&lt;br /&gt;
*I eat anything and everything.&lt;br /&gt;
*I only eat organic foods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*I am a pescetarian.&lt;br /&gt;
*I am a vegetarian.&lt;br /&gt;
*I am a vegan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*I don't eat meats.&lt;br /&gt;
*I can't eat foods that contain gluten.&lt;br /&gt;
*I am lactose intolerant.&lt;br /&gt;
*I try to avoid eating sugar.&lt;br /&gt;
*I try to avoid eating fried foods.&lt;br /&gt;
*I try to avoid eating canned foods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guessing Game===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Describe a dish you love or hate, but don't say what it is. The other person will have to guess the dish just using your hints. Don't make it too easy!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example hints:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*This dish goes in the oven.&lt;br /&gt;
*It's made with tomatoes, onions, chives, garlic and ground meat.&lt;br /&gt;
*It's an Italian dish.&lt;br /&gt;
*You eat it with chopsticks.&lt;br /&gt;
*It's served cold.&lt;br /&gt;
*It's a desert.&lt;br /&gt;
*It's a side dish.&lt;br /&gt;
*It's a main dish.&lt;br /&gt;
*It's a vegetarian dish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Do you worry about what you eat?&lt;br /&gt;
#What kinds of diets have you tried? &lt;br /&gt;
#Which one was the best?&lt;br /&gt;
#What is the best day of the week, month or time of the year to start a diet?&lt;br /&gt;
#What are the mistakes people make when they start a diet?&lt;br /&gt;
#Describe one of your diets. What did you eat?&lt;br /&gt;
#Do you need to get hungry to lose weight?&lt;br /&gt;
#Is it possible to be on a diet and exercise at the same time?&lt;br /&gt;
#What does the word &amp;quot;healthy&amp;quot; mean to you?&lt;br /&gt;
#Do you think dieting can be dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
#What are the benefits of a good diet?&lt;br /&gt;
#Have you ever been to a nutritionist? What was your experience like?&lt;br /&gt;
#Do you count calories?&lt;br /&gt;
#Do you take any supplements?&lt;br /&gt;
#What do you think about weight loss pills?&lt;br /&gt;
#Do you worry about the balance between carbohydrates and proteins in your diet?&lt;br /&gt;
#In what ways can a diet influence our appearance?&lt;br /&gt;
#In what ways can a diet influence our mood? Can a diet make you happier?&lt;br /&gt;
#What do you think about vegetarians and vegans?&lt;br /&gt;
#What do you think about support groups like Weight Watchers?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=7768</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=7768"/>
		<updated>2015-02-09T11:44:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:&lt;br /&gt;
p {&lt;br /&gt;
   max-width: 100%;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;alert alert-danger&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;AVISO IMPORTANTE:&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; Não funcionaremos nos dias 14, 16, 17 e 18 de fevereiro, durante o carnaval.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Special:Userlogin | Autenticar-se]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lesson:Essentials | Essentials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Template:L5 |  Core]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lesson:EasyReading |  Easy Reading]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lesson:Portuguese |  Portuguese]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float: left; margin: 0 5px 10px 0;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Perguntas Frequentes | Perguntas Frequentes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;alert alert-warning&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;strong&amp;gt;What's app:&amp;lt;/strong&amp;gt; Pratique seu inglês conosco por What's App. Preencha o formulário abaixo com seu nome e número de telefone e nós adicionaremos você ao grupo. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.google.com/forms/d/1eJGMgcHx7O816O99eeCEoIpoI-3XTqKn0AX37D1WvbU/viewform Clique aqui e responda ao questionário]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Main&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_1&amp;diff=7329</id>
		<title>Application 1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_1&amp;diff=7329"/>
		<updated>2014-10-16T17:26:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Drills */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Text==&lt;br /&gt;
::1- Read the text and take notes of the words you don't know.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::The exchange student&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::This is the fictional city of Woodsville in US.&lt;br /&gt;
::Woodsville is a nice city to live and It is a very busy city.&lt;br /&gt;
::This is Sarah, Sarah is a student at the public highschool in Woodsville, today she isn't going to  school because today the exchange student will arrive from brazil.&lt;br /&gt;
::The exchange student is Roberto, Roberto will live with Sarah and her family for some time because he is taking english classes near Sarah's house&lt;br /&gt;
::His plane will arrive at 11 a.m.&lt;br /&gt;
::He is very anxious because it's his first time in another country.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::to live – lived&lt;br /&gt;
::to stay – stayed&lt;br /&gt;
::to be – was / were&lt;br /&gt;
::to exchange – exchanged&lt;br /&gt;
::to take – took&lt;br /&gt;
::to pretend – pretended&lt;br /&gt;
::to imagine – imagined&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Make a sentence using present continuous or simple present for each of the words you didn't know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2- After reading the text, answer:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a- Is woodsville a real city?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b- Where is it located?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c- Does Sarah work?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d- What will change in Sarah's daily life?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::e- Why is Roberto going to live with Sarah's family?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3- Make two sentences with each of these expressions using present continuous and/or simple present.  (don't forget to use negative and interrogative forms)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a.Take classes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b.live in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c.arrive from&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d.abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4- Pretend this photo below is a photo of Roberto, describe his features and his clothes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Teenage Boy outside BuAli Sina (Avicenna) Mausoleum - Hamadan - Western Iran (7423569756).jpg|500px|Teenage Boy outside BuAli Sina (Avicenna) Mausoleum - Hamadan - Western Iran (7423569756)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5- Now pretend you are Sarah, how would you introduce yourself to Roberto?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6- Now pretend you are Roberto, what questions would you ask Sarah?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7- Roberto is anxious because he doesn't know sarah, so he doesn't know how she looks like, on the telephone she said that she is wearing a blue blouse, jeans, a black jacket and brown shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
Roberto also knows that she has dark skin,a long curled dark hair, dark eyes, a big mouth, a thin nose, thin eyebrows, a thin chin and that she is slim and tall.&lt;br /&gt;
On a sheet of paper make a drawing showing how you imagined her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra Exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Introduce yourself, don't forget to tell your profession, likes, dislikes and body features. (use complete sentences)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Translate the sentences:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a. Ela está fazendo o café da manhã para ele.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b. Paul é uma pessoa muito ansiosa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c.Duane trabalha todos os dias das 9:00 da manhã as 6 da tarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d.Wendy nada muito bem em piscinas.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
::e. Marco está imaginando o que fazer com isso.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
::f. Lilly está fazendo um jantar para o intercambista.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Drills===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Woodsville is a fictional city / real / American &lt;br /&gt;
# It's nice to live in the city / good / not&lt;br /&gt;
# She studies in highschool / is going / not&lt;br /&gt;
# They like to live here / in that city / with their family&lt;br /&gt;
# She stays there every day after class / witth her friends / &lt;br /&gt;
# I want to meet the new exchange student / She / doesn't&lt;br /&gt;
# He's taking an English course downtown / with his girlfriend / German&lt;br /&gt;
# It's hard to imagine that story / situation / explain&lt;br /&gt;
# She's not living abroad next summer / going to the beach / visiting her family&lt;br /&gt;
# When did he arrive form Portugal? / his trip / the course&lt;br /&gt;
# I like to take classes at night / with my friends / alone&lt;br /&gt;
# My mother has many daily activities / teacher / I&lt;br /&gt;
# The student is going to live in another country / study / school&lt;br /&gt;
# That girl with dark skin,a long curled dark hair is Sarah / dark eyes and big mouth / thin nose and eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
# They are going to have dinner out today / next Friday / tomorrow&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_2&amp;diff=7316</id>
		<title>Application 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_2&amp;diff=7316"/>
		<updated>2014-10-13T14:03:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Text==&lt;br /&gt;
::'''1- Read the text and take notes of the words you don't know.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::'''Old Lives'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Before we talk about Roberto and Sarah’s new life, let’s speak about their old lives.&lt;br /&gt;
::Roberto is eighteen years old, he is Brazilian, he lives in são paulo and he is finishing high school and he is also studying english.&lt;br /&gt;
::His mother thinks that it would be nice for him to study english abroad, his father and his mother have enough money to pay for his studies in US.&lt;br /&gt;
::His mother is a dentist and his father is a lawyer, they work really hard.&lt;br /&gt;
::Roberto is enjoying the ideia of living abroad, He is really looking forward to know a new country but at the same time he is anxious because it is his first time abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
::Roberto likes to listen to music, watch series and he also likes to play video game.&lt;br /&gt;
::He has some good friends in São Paulo, but now he needs to make new friends when he arrives in Woodsville.&lt;br /&gt;
::He is packing his bags with all his favorite things, he is taking his video game, his notebook and his favorite clothes with him.::&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::to speak - spoke&lt;br /&gt;
::to live - lived&lt;br /&gt;
::to study - studied&lt;br /&gt;
::to finish – finished&lt;br /&gt;
::to listen - listened&lt;br /&gt;
::to watch - watched&lt;br /&gt;
::to pay - paid&lt;br /&gt;
::to play - played&lt;br /&gt;
::to have - had&lt;br /&gt;
::to need - needed&lt;br /&gt;
::to pack - packed&lt;br /&gt;
::to feel - felt&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1- Make a sentence using present continuous or simple present for each of the words you didn't know.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2- After reading the text, answer:'''&lt;br /&gt;
::a- What do his parents do for a living?&lt;br /&gt;
::b- What do you do for a living?&lt;br /&gt;
::c- What city is Roberto from?&lt;br /&gt;
::d- What is his mother's opinion about Roberto's english studies?&lt;br /&gt;
::e- What is Roberto feeling?&lt;br /&gt;
::f-  What are some of Roberto's interests?&lt;br /&gt;
::g- And what about you? Tell your likes and dislikes&lt;br /&gt;
::h- How would you feel in Roberto's place?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3- Make two sentences with each of these expressions using present continuous and/or simple present, ask your teacher for help if you need an explanation about the use of these expressions.  (don't forget to use negative and interrogative forms)&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
::a- For a living&lt;br /&gt;
::b- Also&lt;br /&gt;
::c- It would be &lt;br /&gt;
::d- Enough&lt;br /&gt;
::e- Really + adjective&lt;br /&gt;
::f- At the same time&lt;br /&gt;
::g- To take with &lt;br /&gt;
::h- To look forward &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4-Explain how your job works.Follow the example below:'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Yuu Watase.jpg|500px|Yuu Watase]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::She is a mangaka, a mangaka is an artist who draws japanese comic books.&lt;br /&gt;
::She arrives at work at 8 o'clock, she has breakfast with her coworkers and at 9 o'clock she begins drawing&lt;br /&gt;
::She needs to finish half of her work until noon, She has lunch with her coworker at noon.&lt;br /&gt;
::At 3 pm She goes to the meeting room to see how the work is going.&lt;br /&gt;
::She goes home at 6 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5- Based on the text, create a schedule for Roberto's old life.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Ex:&amp;quot; Roberto wakes up everyday at 8:00 and goes to school at 9:00, on tuesdays he needs to go to the english course at 3pm....&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6-Tell your teacher or write a list of the things you like the most and explain why, you can talk about movies, games, songs, artists or even food!&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra Exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1- Translate the sentences:'''&lt;br /&gt;
::a- Ele trabalha como enfermeiro.&lt;br /&gt;
::b- Eu também gosto de viajar para fora do país.&lt;br /&gt;
::c- Não seria muito bom.&lt;br /&gt;
::d- Jones têm dinheiro o suficiente para pagar as contas deste mês.&lt;br /&gt;
::e- Ela realmente não gosta de acordar cedo.&lt;br /&gt;
::f- Nós sempre terminamos os exercícios primeiro.&lt;br /&gt;
::g- Não é bom ir sozinho, leve isso com você.&lt;br /&gt;
::h- Você gosta de trabalhar e ouvir música ao mesmo tempo?&lt;br /&gt;
::i- Arrume suas malas, estamos indo embora hoje.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_2&amp;diff=7315</id>
		<title>Application 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_2&amp;diff=7315"/>
		<updated>2014-10-13T13:49:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Text==&lt;br /&gt;
::1- Read the text and take notes of the words you don't know.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Old Lives&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Before we talk about Roberto and Sarah’s new life, let’s speak about their old lives.&lt;br /&gt;
::Roberto is eighteen years old, he is Brazilian, he lives in são paulo and he is finishing high school and he is also studying english.&lt;br /&gt;
::His mother thinks that it would be nice for him to study english abroad, his father and his mother have enough money to pay for his studies in US.&lt;br /&gt;
::His mother is a dentist and his father is a lawyer, they work really hard.&lt;br /&gt;
::Roberto is enjoying the ideia of living abroad, He is really looking forward to know a new country but at the same time he is anxious because it is his first time abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
::Roberto likes to listen to music, watch series and he also likes to play video game.&lt;br /&gt;
::He has some good friends in São Paulo, but now he needs to make new friends when he arrives in Woodsville.&lt;br /&gt;
::He is packing his bags with all his favorite things, he is taking his video game, his notebook and his favorite clothes with him.::&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::to speak - spoke&lt;br /&gt;
::to live - lived&lt;br /&gt;
::to study - studied&lt;br /&gt;
::to finish – finished&lt;br /&gt;
::to listen - listened&lt;br /&gt;
::to watch - watched&lt;br /&gt;
::to pay - paid&lt;br /&gt;
::to play - played&lt;br /&gt;
::to have - had&lt;br /&gt;
::to need - needed&lt;br /&gt;
::to pack - packed&lt;br /&gt;
::to feel - felt&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Make a sentence using present continuous or simple present for each of the words you didn't know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2- After reading the text, answer:&lt;br /&gt;
::a- What do his parents do for a living?&lt;br /&gt;
::b- What do you do for a living?&lt;br /&gt;
::c- What city is Roberto from?&lt;br /&gt;
::d- What is his mother's opinion about Roberto's english studies?&lt;br /&gt;
::e- What is Roberto feeling?&lt;br /&gt;
::f-  What are some of Roberto's interests?&lt;br /&gt;
::g- And what about you? Tell your likes and dislikes&lt;br /&gt;
::h- How would you feel in Roberto's place?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3- Make two sentences with each of these expressions using present continuous and/or simple present, ask your teacher for help if you need an explanation about the use of these expressions.  (don't forget to use negative and interrogative forms)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a- For a living&lt;br /&gt;
::b- Also&lt;br /&gt;
::c- It would be &lt;br /&gt;
::d- Enough&lt;br /&gt;
::e- Really + adjective&lt;br /&gt;
::f- At the same time&lt;br /&gt;
::g- To take with &lt;br /&gt;
::h- To look forward &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-Explain how your job works.Follow the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Yuu Watase.jpg|500px|Yuu Watase]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::She is a mangaka, a mangaka is an artist who draws japanese comic books.&lt;br /&gt;
::She arrives at work at 8 o'clock, she has breakfast with her coworkers and at 9 o'clock she begins drawing&lt;br /&gt;
::She needs to finish half of her work until noon, She has lunch with her coworker at noon.&lt;br /&gt;
::At 3 pm She goes to the meeting room to see how the work is going.&lt;br /&gt;
::She goes home at 6 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5- Based on the text, create a schedule for Roberto's old life.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Ex:&amp;quot; Roberto wakes up everyday at 8:00 and goes to school at 9:00, on tuesdays he needs to go to the english course at 3pm....&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6-Tell your teacher or write a list of the things you like the most and explain why, you can talk about movies, games, songs, artists or even food!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra Exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Translate the sentences:&lt;br /&gt;
::a- Ele trabalha como enfermeiro.&lt;br /&gt;
::b- Eu também gosto de viajar para fora do país.&lt;br /&gt;
::c- Não seria muito bom.&lt;br /&gt;
::d- Jones têm dinheiro o suficiente para pagar as contas deste mês.&lt;br /&gt;
::e- Ela realmente não gosta de acordar cedo.&lt;br /&gt;
::f- Nós sempre terminamos os exercícios primeiro.&lt;br /&gt;
::g- Não é bom ir sozinho, leve isso com você.&lt;br /&gt;
::h- Você gosta de trabalhar e ouvir música ao mesmo tempo?&lt;br /&gt;
::i- Arrume suas malas, estamos indo embora hoje.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_2&amp;diff=7314</id>
		<title>Application 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_2&amp;diff=7314"/>
		<updated>2014-10-13T13:48:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: Created page with &amp;quot;{{#css:olexercises.css}} ==Text== ::1- Read the text and take notes of the words you don't know. &amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt; ::Old Lives   ::Before we talk about Roberto and Sa...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Text==&lt;br /&gt;
::1- Read the text and take notes of the words you don't know.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Old Lives&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Before we talk about Roberto and Sarah’s new life, let’s speak about their old lives.&lt;br /&gt;
::Roberto is eighteen years old, he is Brazilian, he lives in são paulo and he is finishing high school and he is also studying english.&lt;br /&gt;
::His mother thinks that it would be nice for him to study english abroad, his father and his mother have enough money to pay for his studies in US.&lt;br /&gt;
::His mother is a dentist and his father is a lawyer, they work really hard.&lt;br /&gt;
::Roberto is enjoying the ideia of living abroad, He is really looking forward to know a new country but at the same time he is anxious because it is his first time abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
::Roberto likes to listen to music, watch series and he also likes to play video game.&lt;br /&gt;
::He has some good friends in São Paulo, but now he needs to make new friends when he arrives in Woodsville.&lt;br /&gt;
::He is packing his bags with all his favorite things, he is taking his video game, his notebook and his favorite clothes with him.::&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::to speak - spoke&lt;br /&gt;
::to live - lived&lt;br /&gt;
::to study - studied&lt;br /&gt;
::to finish – finished&lt;br /&gt;
::to listen - listened&lt;br /&gt;
::to watch - watched&lt;br /&gt;
::to pay - paid&lt;br /&gt;
::to play - played&lt;br /&gt;
::to have - had&lt;br /&gt;
::to need - needed&lt;br /&gt;
::to pack - packed&lt;br /&gt;
::to feel - felt&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Make a sentence using present continuous or simple present for each of the words you didn't know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2- After reading the text, answer:&lt;br /&gt;
::a- What do his parents do for a living?&lt;br /&gt;
::b- What do you do for a living?&lt;br /&gt;
::c- What city is Roberto from?&lt;br /&gt;
::d- What is his mother's opinion about Roberto's english studies?&lt;br /&gt;
::e- What is Roberto feeling?&lt;br /&gt;
::f-  What are some of Roberto's interests?&lt;br /&gt;
::g- And what about you? Tell your likes and dislikes&lt;br /&gt;
::h- How would you feel in Roberto's place?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3- Make two sentences with each of these expressions using present continuous and/or simple present, ask your teacher for help if you need an explanation about the use of these expressions.  (don't forget to use negative and interrogative forms)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a- For a living&lt;br /&gt;
::b- Also&lt;br /&gt;
::c- It would be &lt;br /&gt;
::d- Enough&lt;br /&gt;
::e- Really + adjective&lt;br /&gt;
::f- At the same time&lt;br /&gt;
::g- To take with &lt;br /&gt;
::h- To look forward &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-Explain how your job works.Follow the example below:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Yuu Watase.jpg|500px|Yuu Watase]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::She is a mangaka, mangaka is an artist who draws japanese comic books.&lt;br /&gt;
::She arrives at work at 8 o'clock, she has breakfast with her coworkers and at 9 o'clock she begins drawing&lt;br /&gt;
::She needs to finish half of her work until noon, She has lunch with her coworker at noon.&lt;br /&gt;
::At 3 pm She goes to the meeting room to see how the work is going.&lt;br /&gt;
::She goes home at 6 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5- Based on the text, create a schedule for Roberto's old life.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::Ex:&amp;quot; Roberto wakes up everyday at 8:00 and goes to school at 9:00, on tuesdays he needs to go to the english course at 3pm....&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6-Tell your teacher or write a list of the things you like the most and explain why, you can talk about movies, games, songs, artists or even food!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra Exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Translate the sentences:&lt;br /&gt;
::a- Ele trabalha como enfermeiro.&lt;br /&gt;
::b- Eu também gosto de viajar para fora do país.&lt;br /&gt;
::c- Não seria muito bom.&lt;br /&gt;
::d- Jones têm dinheiro o suficiente para pagar as contas deste mês.&lt;br /&gt;
::e- Ela realmente não gosta de acordar cedo.&lt;br /&gt;
::f- Nós sempre terminamos os exercícios primeiro.&lt;br /&gt;
::g- Não é bom ir sozinho, leve isso com você.&lt;br /&gt;
::h- Você gosta de trabalhar e ouvir música ao mesmo tempo?&lt;br /&gt;
::i- Arrume suas malas, estamos indo embora hoje.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_1&amp;diff=7290</id>
		<title>Application 1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_1&amp;diff=7290"/>
		<updated>2014-09-29T13:50:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Text */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Text==&lt;br /&gt;
::1- Read the text and take notes of the words you don't know.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::The exchange student&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::This is the fictional city of Woodsville in US.&lt;br /&gt;
::Woodsville is a nice city to live and It is a very busy city.&lt;br /&gt;
::This is Sarah, Sarah is a student at the public highschool in Woodsville, today she isn't going to  school because today the exchange student will arrive from brazil.&lt;br /&gt;
::The exchange student is Roberto, Roberto will live with Sarah and her family for some time because he is taking english classes near Sarah's house&lt;br /&gt;
::His plane will arrive at 11 a.m.&lt;br /&gt;
::He is very anxious because it's his first time in another country.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::to live – lived&lt;br /&gt;
::to stay – stayed&lt;br /&gt;
::to be – was / were&lt;br /&gt;
::to exchange – exchanged&lt;br /&gt;
::to take – took&lt;br /&gt;
::to pretend – pretended&lt;br /&gt;
::to imagine – imagined&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Make a sentence using present continuous or simple present for each of the words you didn't know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2- After reading the text, answer:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a- Is woodsville a real city?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b- Where is it located?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c- Does Sarah work?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d- What will change in Sarah's daily life?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::e- Why is Roberto going to live with Sarah's family?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3- Make two sentences with each of these expressions using present continuous and/or simple present.  (don't forget to use negative and interrogative forms)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a.Take classes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b.live in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c.arrive from&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d.abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4- Pretend this photo below is a photo of Roberto, describe his features and his clothes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Teenage Boy outside BuAli Sina (Avicenna) Mausoleum - Hamadan - Western Iran (7423569756).jpg|500px|Teenage Boy outside BuAli Sina (Avicenna) Mausoleum - Hamadan - Western Iran (7423569756)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5- Now pretend you are Sarah, how would you introduce yourself to Roberto?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6- Now pretend you are Roberto, what questions would you ask Sarah?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7- Roberto is anxious because he doesn't know sarah, so he doesn't know how she looks like, on the telephone she said that she is wearing a blue blouse, jeans, a black jacket and brown shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
Roberto also knows that she has dark skin,a long curled dark hair, dark eyes, a big mouth, a thin nose, thin eyebrows, a thin chin and that she is slim and tall.&lt;br /&gt;
On a sheet of paper make a drawing showing how you imagined her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra Exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Introduce yourself, don't forget to tell your profession, likes, dislikes and body features. (use complete sentences)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Translate the sentences:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a. Ela está fazendo o café da manhã para ele.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b. Paul é uma pessoa muito ansiosa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c.Duane trabalha todos os dias das 9:00 da manhã as 6 da tarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d.Wendy nada muito bem em piscinas.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
::e. Marco está imaginando o que fazer com isso.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
::f. Lilly está fazendo um jantar para o intercambista.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_1&amp;diff=7289</id>
		<title>Application 1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_1&amp;diff=7289"/>
		<updated>2014-09-29T13:48:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Verbs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Text==&lt;br /&gt;
::1- Read the text and take notes of the words you don't know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::The exchange student&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::This is the fictional city of Woodsville in US.&lt;br /&gt;
::Woodsville is a nice city to live and It is a very busy city.&lt;br /&gt;
::This is Sarah, Sarah is a student at the public highschool in Woodsville, today she isn't going to  school because today the exchange student will arrive from brazil.&lt;br /&gt;
::The exchange student is Roberto, Roberto will live with Sarah and her family for some time because ::He is studying english abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
::He is taking english classes near Sarah's house&lt;br /&gt;
::His plane will arrive at 11 a.m.&lt;br /&gt;
::He is very anxious because it's his first time in another country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::to live – lived&lt;br /&gt;
::to stay – stayed&lt;br /&gt;
::to be – was / were&lt;br /&gt;
::to exchange – exchanged&lt;br /&gt;
::to take – took&lt;br /&gt;
::to pretend – pretended&lt;br /&gt;
::to imagine – imagined&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Make a sentence using present continuous or simple present for each of the words you didn't know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2- After reading the text, answer:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a- Is woodsville a real city?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b- Where is it located?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c- Does Sarah work?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d- What will change in Sarah's daily life?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::e- Why is Roberto going to live with Sarah's family?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3- Make two sentences with each of these expressions using present continuous and/or simple present.  (don't forget to use negative and interrogative forms)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a.Take classes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b.live in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c.arrive from&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d.abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4- Pretend this photo below is a photo of Roberto, describe his features and his clothes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Teenage Boy outside BuAli Sina (Avicenna) Mausoleum - Hamadan - Western Iran (7423569756).jpg|500px|Teenage Boy outside BuAli Sina (Avicenna) Mausoleum - Hamadan - Western Iran (7423569756)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5- Now pretend you are Sarah, how would you introduce yourself to Roberto?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6- Now pretend you are Roberto, what questions would you ask Sarah?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7- Roberto is anxious because he doesn't know sarah, so he doesn't know how she looks like, on the telephone she said that she is wearing a blue blouse, jeans, a black jacket and brown shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
Roberto also knows that she has dark skin,a long curled dark hair, dark eyes, a big mouth, a thin nose, thin eyebrows, a thin chin and that she is slim and tall.&lt;br /&gt;
On a sheet of paper make a drawing showing how you imagined her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra Exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Introduce yourself, don't forget to tell your profession, likes, dislikes and body features. (use complete sentences)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Translate the sentences:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a. Ela está fazendo o café da manhã para ele.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b. Paul é uma pessoa muito ansiosa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c.Duane trabalha todos os dias das 9:00 da manhã as 6 da tarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d.Wendy nada muito bem em piscinas.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
::e. Marco está imaginando o que fazer com isso.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
::f. Lilly está fazendo um jantar para o intercambista.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_1&amp;diff=7288</id>
		<title>Application 1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Application_1&amp;diff=7288"/>
		<updated>2014-09-29T13:41:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: Created page with &amp;quot;{{#css:olexercises.css}} ==Text== ::1- Read the text and take notes of the words you don't know.  ::The exchange student  ::This is the fictional city of Woodsville in US. ::W...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Text==&lt;br /&gt;
::1- Read the text and take notes of the words you don't know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::The exchange student&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::This is the fictional city of Woodsville in US.&lt;br /&gt;
::Woodsville is a nice city to live and It is a very busy city.&lt;br /&gt;
::This is Sarah, Sarah is a student at the public highschool in Woodsville, today she isn't going to  school because today the exchange student will arrive from brazil.&lt;br /&gt;
::The exchange student is Roberto, Roberto will live with Sarah and her family for some time because ::He is studying english abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
::He is taking english classes near Sarah's house&lt;br /&gt;
::His plane will arrive at 11 a.m.&lt;br /&gt;
::He is very anxious because it's his first time in another country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to live – lived&lt;br /&gt;
to stay – stayed&lt;br /&gt;
to be – was / were&lt;br /&gt;
to exchange – exchanged&lt;br /&gt;
to take – took&lt;br /&gt;
to pretend – pretended&lt;br /&gt;
to imagine – imagined&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Make a sentence using present continuous or simple present for each of the words you didn't know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2- After reading the text, answer:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a- Is woodsville a real city?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b- Where is it located?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c- Does Sarah work?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d- What will change in Sarah's daily life?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::e- Why is Roberto going to live with Sarah's family?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3- Make two sentences with each of these expressions using present continuous and/or simple present.  (don't forget to use negative and interrogative forms)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a.Take classes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b.live in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c.arrive from&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d.abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4- Pretend this photo below is a photo of Roberto, describe his features and his clothes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Teenage Boy outside BuAli Sina (Avicenna) Mausoleum - Hamadan - Western Iran (7423569756).jpg|500px|Teenage Boy outside BuAli Sina (Avicenna) Mausoleum - Hamadan - Western Iran (7423569756)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5- Now pretend you are Sarah, how would you introduce yourself to Roberto?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6- Now pretend you are Roberto, what questions would you ask Sarah?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7- Roberto is anxious because he doesn't know sarah, so he doesn't know how she looks like, on the telephone she said that she is wearing a blue blouse, jeans, a black jacket and brown shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
Roberto also knows that she has dark skin,a long curled dark hair, dark eyes, a big mouth, a thin nose, thin eyebrows, a thin chin and that she is slim and tall.&lt;br /&gt;
On a sheet of paper make a drawing showing how you imagined her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extra Exercises===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1- Introduce yourself, don't forget to tell your profession, likes, dislikes and body features. (use complete sentences)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Translate the sentences:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a. Ela está fazendo o café da manhã para ele.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b. Paul é uma pessoa muito ansiosa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c.Duane trabalha todos os dias das 9:00 da manhã as 6 da tarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d.Wendy nada muito bem em piscinas.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
::e. Marco está imaginando o que fazer com isso.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
::f. Lilly está fazendo um jantar para o intercambista.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/49&amp;diff=6933</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/49</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/49&amp;diff=6933"/>
		<updated>2014-07-03T13:11:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Grammar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
::Hoje aprenderemos a utilizar o modal &amp;quot;Must&amp;quot;, utilizaremos ele para dar duas ideias, a primeira é quando queremos expressar uma dedução lógica, algo que temos praticamente certeza de que é verdade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Exemplo:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*You are not wearing a coat, you must be freezing!&lt;br /&gt;
**Você não está usando um casaco, você deve estar congelando!&lt;br /&gt;
*You must be very happy since you won the prize.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você deve estar muito feliz já que você ganhou o prêmio.&lt;br /&gt;
*You must love her a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você deve ama-la muito.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::O segundo caso que utilizaremos o &amp;quot;Must&amp;quot; é quando queremos expressar um dever, algo que a pessoa deve fazer, ele também dá uma conotação de urgência. &lt;br /&gt;
::O negativo é &amp;quot;Must not&amp;quot; forma contraída é &amp;quot;Mustn't&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*You must go now!&lt;br /&gt;
**Você tem que ir agora!&lt;br /&gt;
*She must study more or else she will fail the test.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ela tem que estudar mais ou ela não passara no teste.&lt;br /&gt;
*You mustn't eat so much sugar.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você não deve comer tanto açucar.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Complete with must or mustn't:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# She is ill, so she _______ see the doctor.&lt;br /&gt;
# It is raining. We _______ take your umbrella.&lt;br /&gt;
# The students _______ throw trash on the stairs.&lt;br /&gt;
# This is a secret. You _______ tell anybody.&lt;br /&gt;
# They _______ make noise in the library. &lt;br /&gt;
# We _______ hurry or we will miss the bus.&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ eat fruit and vegetables. &lt;br /&gt;
# The baby is sleeping. Nobody _______ shout. &lt;br /&gt;
# The manager _______ be friendly to everybody.&lt;br /&gt;
# The kids _______ walk on the grass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Complete with must or mustn't accodring to the sentences below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ light fires in the forests.&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ do your homework&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ wash your face every morning.&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ drink cold water.&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ watch TV a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ eat in class.&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ be late for class.&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ listen to your teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ give place to old people.&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ be polite.&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ speak loudly in hospitals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Law &amp;amp; Order===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Policeman. police officer&lt;br /&gt;
* Nightstick&lt;br /&gt;
* Badge&lt;br /&gt;
* Holster&lt;br /&gt;
* Whistle&lt;br /&gt;
* Handcuffs&lt;br /&gt;
* Police car&lt;br /&gt;
* Detective&lt;br /&gt;
* Flashing light&lt;br /&gt;
* Police station&lt;br /&gt;
* Burglar&lt;br /&gt;
* Prison, jail&lt;br /&gt;
* Inmate, prisoner&lt;br /&gt;
* Bar&lt;br /&gt;
* Judge&lt;br /&gt;
* Gavel&lt;br /&gt;
* Lawyer&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefighter, fireman&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire hose&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire hydrant&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire station&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/law-and-order/ Law and Order]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!go out with someone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sair com alguém (às vezes romântico)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*We are going out tonight for the third time. I think things are getting serious.&lt;br /&gt;
**Vamos sair pela terceira vez hoje à noite. Acho que as coisas estão ficando sérias.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# We are going out after dinner.&lt;br /&gt;
# They always go out on Saturdays night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into English: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ela quer sair comigo na quinta.&lt;br /&gt;
# Você vai sair com ela de novo?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make two sentences using the phrasal verb '''go out with someone''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Is the place where you live safe?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are there any places where you are afraid to walk alone after dark? Where are they and why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you trust the police? Why or why not?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you think it´s possible to prevent certain kinds of crimes? If so, which ones and how?&lt;br /&gt;
# Is beating your wife a crime in your country? If so, what happens to a man who beats his wife? &lt;br /&gt;
# What about a woman who beats her husband?&lt;br /&gt;
# How much does the media cover crime in your country? Do you think they should spend less time or money on it?&lt;br /&gt;
# What do you think on the death penalty?&lt;br /&gt;
# In your opinion, what causes a person to become a criminal? Can society change this?&lt;br /&gt;
# Which crimes do you think will increase in the 21st century? What about decrease?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel…==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
across&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the picture below and write two sentences using the preposition across:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Railway across Tainan.JPG|500px|Railway across Tainan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Write sentences with must or mustn't according to the pictures below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:Dirty dishes.jpg|150px|Dirty dishes]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:Crashed car in Helsinki.JPG|150px|Crashed car in Helsinki]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:Papierosa 1 ubt 0069.jpeg|150px|Papierosa 1 ubt 0069]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:Intensivstation (01) 2007-03-03.jpg|150px|Intensivstation (01) 2007-03-03]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:Lixo-reciclável-UFRN.jpg|150px|Lixo-reciclável-UFRN]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:Party food dish 8 salad tomatoes cheese lettuce spinach.jpg|150px|Party food dish 8 salad tomatoes cheese lettuce spinach]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:Grocery bag of junk foods.jpg|150px|Grocery bag of junk foods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
* '''The policeman is working all night long. / The fireman / in the office today'''&lt;br /&gt;
* The fireman is working all night long.&lt;br /&gt;
* The fireman is working in the office today.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# They must call the police right now. / detective / to solve this problem&lt;br /&gt;
# There are many prisoners in that city. / burglars / aren't&lt;br /&gt;
# He lost his badge. / nightstick / in the middle of the crowd&lt;br /&gt;
# We couldn't find the police station. / the fingerprints / on the picture&lt;br /&gt;
# That old building is on fire. / church / That statue&lt;br /&gt;
# Just for safety, there is the fire hydrant / fire extinguisher / the police phone number&lt;br /&gt;
# The judge shouldn't favor anybody / any side / mustn't&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Write sentences with the words below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# lawyer&lt;br /&gt;
# prison&lt;br /&gt;
# detective&lt;br /&gt;
# fire hydrant&lt;br /&gt;
# whistle&lt;br /&gt;
# burglar&lt;br /&gt;
# badge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
#This country needs more security on the streets.&lt;br /&gt;
#I took my fingerprints for my passport.&lt;br /&gt;
#It's possible to see the flashing light in the end of the road.&lt;br /&gt;
#I don't know any detective.&lt;br /&gt;
#The fireman wasn't able to enter the building.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Read the situations below and write or talk about what's your point of view about it:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Joe, a 15 year old, broke into his neighbor’s house, burgled the house, locked the eighty-year-old woman in her bathroom and escaped in her car.  At the trial, the defense pleaded not guilty to the charges with the reason of temporary insanity caused by Joe watching too much TV.  He watched more than six hours a day, loved crime programs and had watched a film, which contained scenes similar to the crime he had committed. Was Joe GUILTY or NOT GUILTY of burglary and false imprisonment?&lt;br /&gt;
# Max went to a second-hand car dealer named Harry and told him that he only wanted a car that had air conditioning.  Harry said OK and pointed out a car.  Max took the car for a test drive and then bought it without checking to see if it had air conditioning.  When he got the car home, he discovered that the knob marked ‘air’ was ventilation only.  Max sued Harry for a fraud and demanded compensation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|plead}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|guilty}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|burgle}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|lock}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|trial}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|imprisonment}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|point}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|knob}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|sue}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|fraud}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|demand}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|compensation}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/50|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/46&amp;diff=6903</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/46</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/46&amp;diff=6903"/>
		<updated>2014-06-27T13:30:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* 1. Complete with could or couldn't: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::'''Could'''&lt;br /&gt;
::O could é um verbo auxiliar, um verbo auxiliar modal, ele serve como passado para o &amp;quot;'can&amp;quot;' e é amplamente utilizado para fazer pedidos educadamente. Sua forma negativa é o &amp;quot;'Couldn't&amp;quot;' (Could not)&lt;br /&gt;
::A diferença do &amp;quot;'could&amp;quot;' para o &amp;quot;'was able to&amp;quot;' é que para habilidades que possuíamos em geral utilizamos os &amp;quot;'could&amp;quot;' para algo que conseguimos fazer em uma ocasião especial utilizaremos o &amp;quot;'was able to&amp;quot;'&lt;br /&gt;
::Para utilizarmos o &amp;quot;'Could&amp;quot;' fazemos igual quando utilizamos o &amp;quot;'Can&amp;quot;', apenas fazemos &amp;quot;'subject + could+ verb&amp;quot;'&lt;br /&gt;
::Observe:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He could swim when he was five years old.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele conseguia nadar quando ele tinha cinco anos de idade.&lt;br /&gt;
*My nephew could already speak seven languages when he was eighteen.&lt;br /&gt;
**Meu sobrinho já era capaz de falar sete línguas quando ele tinha dezoito anos.&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you understand the exercise?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você conseguiu entender o exercício?&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pedidos'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you pass me the salt?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você poderia me passar o sal?&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you send me a copy?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você poderia me enviar uma cópia?&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you go with me?&lt;br /&gt;
** Você poderia ir comigo?&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you tell me the right answer?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você poderia me dizer a resposta correta?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Complete with could or couldn't:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# _______ you stop doing that? It's annoying!&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______  possibly finish such a large pizza alone.&lt;br /&gt;
# _______ you ask her to go out with me?&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ ask mister Sebel to help you.&lt;br /&gt;
# Where _______ he have parked his car?&lt;br /&gt;
# He _______ have done this. He was with me the whole time.&lt;br /&gt;
# We _______ go to France next summer.&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ lift the box. It was too heavy for me.&lt;br /&gt;
# Sarah _______ eat because she was ill.&lt;br /&gt;
# If I _______ turn back time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Complete with can, can´t, could or couldn't:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Before Andy came to the USA, she  ______ speak English. Now she   _______ understand everything.&lt;br /&gt;
#Nancy  _______ run twenty miles when she was younger.&lt;br /&gt;
#Brian was so tired last night that he  _______ sleep.&lt;br /&gt;
#We had a great picnic last Sunday, but my friend Bob  _______ come.&lt;br /&gt;
#I  _______ do a somersault now, but I  _______ when I was two. (somersault = cambalhota)&lt;br /&gt;
#Mary was so busy that she _______ accept the invitation to go out.&lt;br /&gt;
#Joe _______ whistle at all.  Now he _______.&lt;br /&gt;
#Lisa _______ play baseball, but she _______ when she was three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Art===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Actor&lt;br /&gt;
* Actress&lt;br /&gt;
* Mask&lt;br /&gt;
* Spotlight&lt;br /&gt;
* Stage&lt;br /&gt;
* Director&lt;br /&gt;
* Megaphone&lt;br /&gt;
* Star, celebrity&lt;br /&gt;
* Audience&lt;br /&gt;
* Applause&lt;br /&gt;
* Clap&lt;br /&gt;
* Boo&lt;br /&gt;
* Painting&lt;br /&gt;
* Frame&lt;br /&gt;
* Painter, artist (general)&lt;br /&gt;
* Easel&lt;br /&gt;
* Canvas&lt;br /&gt;
* Paint&lt;br /&gt;
* Palette&lt;br /&gt;
* Paint brush&lt;br /&gt;
* Portfolio&lt;br /&gt;
* Model&lt;br /&gt;
* Sculptor&lt;br /&gt;
* Sculpture&lt;br /&gt;
* Pedestal&lt;br /&gt;
* Bust&lt;br /&gt;
* Museum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/art/ Art]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!give up&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| desistir&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*The woman gave up after a year trying to become a fire fighter.&lt;br /&gt;
**A mulher desistiu depois de um ano tentando tornar-se uma bombeira.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into English&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ele desistiu do jogo antes do fim.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nós desistimos de comprar a TV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# They gave up studying that course.&lt;br /&gt;
# I will give up talking to you in a minute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make to sentences using the phrasal verb '''give up''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like any kind of art? Which one?&lt;br /&gt;
# What do you consider art? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are you an artist? If not, would you like to be an artist?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would you like to be on stage? What would you like to perform? (sing, play, etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# Are there good museums where you live?&lt;br /&gt;
# When you travel to different places, what do you most like to meet?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to go to theaters? How often do you go?&lt;br /&gt;
# Which famous movie directors do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
# Who are your favorite movie stars? In what movies did they participate?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel…==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the picture below and write two sentences using the preposition around:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Around-Jokhang1.JPG|500px|Around-Jokhang1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Use the words can, can't, could or couldn't to complete the sentences below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bob _______ swim but he _______ when he was two years old.. &lt;br /&gt;
# Steve's younger sister _______ surf, but he _______. &lt;br /&gt;
# Last week it was sunny and we _______ go swimming, but this week we _______. &lt;br /&gt;
# Russel _______ play the violin, but he _______ play the piano. &lt;br /&gt;
# Seaturtles _______ swim, but they _______ fly. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tony _______ cook now, but he _______ before taking cooking classes. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kimi _______ dance with fans, but she _______ dance samba. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*Where did she go yesterday? / sing / act&lt;br /&gt;
*Where did she sing yesterday?&lt;br /&gt;
*Where did she act yesterday?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The actress couldn't go to the stage. / actor / director&lt;br /&gt;
# The painter wasn't using the canvas / palette / paint brush&lt;br /&gt;
# That painting has no frame. / colors / sculpture&lt;br /&gt;
# The audience will be arriving at 7pm / The star / The artists&lt;br /&gt;
# At the end, the audience clapped / applaud / boo&lt;br /&gt;
# That actor could be in the spotlight / can / That celebrity&lt;br /&gt;
# I saw the portfolio of that sculptor / it's beautiful / different&lt;br /&gt;
# This museum has many different pieces of art / sculptures / rare paintings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. According to the vocabulary above, try to guess what's the definition of the sentences:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# An object we hold in our hands which has many different colors of paint.&lt;br /&gt;
# The place where the actors like to be.&lt;br /&gt;
# The main person in a movie, play, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# An instrument used so the person can speak louder.&lt;br /&gt;
# A bad reaction of the audience after a presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
# The thing used to hold sculptures.&lt;br /&gt;
# The people who use their body and beauty as a job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# We could be the actors in that play.&lt;br /&gt;
# It's possible to see old art in Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Many famous artists come from that university.&lt;br /&gt;
# She couldn't wait to see the sculpture.&lt;br /&gt;
# We need more museums in our city.&lt;br /&gt;
# The actress is nervous because of the big audience.&lt;br /&gt;
# In Hollywood, there are celebrities everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Read the text and answer the questions below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::History of Theater&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: The word theater means a “place for seeing,” but theater is more than just a building where plays are performed. It’s the whole idea behind what happens there. Theater is where playwrights write scripts, directors supervise rehearsals, set designers and technical crew work behind-the-scenes, and the actors perform on stage. All of these people have an important role in the theater, but it is not true theater until an audience is there to experience it.&lt;br /&gt;
:Exactly when theater began is a mystery. Prehistoric hunters acted out stories about their hunting expeditions. Ancient Egyptians performed sacred songs and danced for their gods in religious ceremonies, but the idea of theater as dramatic entertainment came later. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!wikipedia&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# What's the meaning of the word ´theater?&lt;br /&gt;
# What's the theater about?&lt;br /&gt;
# Name three important people to make theaters happen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Is theater a recent thing? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What were the first performances on stage about?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you go to theaters often?&lt;br /&gt;
# When was the last play you saw? What was the script about?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|playwrights}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|scripts}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|rehearsal}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|set}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|crew}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|sacred}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|dramatic}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|entertainment}} &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/47|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/48&amp;diff=6810</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/48</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/48&amp;diff=6810"/>
		<updated>2014-06-23T12:32:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Grammar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Should'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Utilizamos o modal should quando queremos aconselhar alguém, é muito parecido com o sentido do nosso &amp;quot;deveria&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
::Para utilizarmos o should basta colocarmos sujeito+should+verbo.&lt;br /&gt;
::Sua forma negativa é o Should not ou Shouldn't.&lt;br /&gt;
::Observe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*Mary should go home.&lt;br /&gt;
**Mary deveria ir para casa.&lt;br /&gt;
*You should study more.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você deveria estudar mais.&lt;br /&gt;
*She shouldn't talk to the teacher like that.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ela não deveria falar com o professor dessa forma.&lt;br /&gt;
*Should I bring something to your party?&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu deveria levar algo para sua festa?&lt;br /&gt;
*Should we go to her house tonight?&lt;br /&gt;
**Deveriamos ir a casa dela hoje a noite?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Read the sentences and write should or shouldn't:====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
# If it´s rainy you _______ take an umbrella.&lt;br /&gt;
#Tom  _______  eat so many lollipops. It´s bad for his teeth.&lt;br /&gt;
# A: _______ I drink hot tea if I have a sore throat?&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;B: Yes, you _______.&lt;br /&gt;
# They have a test tomorrow. They _______  go to the cinema . They _______ stay at home and study!&lt;br /&gt;
# Children _______ eat  lots of vegetables but they _______ eat lots of sweets.&lt;br /&gt;
# I have a party tonight. What _______ I wear?  A dress or a pair of trousers?&lt;br /&gt;
# The doctor said: &amp;quot;You _______ eat healthy food. You  eat fast food. You _______  watch so much TV. You _______  walk 1 hour a day. You _______ drink fruit juice and water. You _______ drink wine or beer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Unscramble he sentences. You need to join on sentence in the bolface with the other in italics:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I don't know where to go on the holdiay.'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
''You should eat less bread.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I wish I had money.'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
''You should try nicotine patches.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I'm feeling very sick.'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
''You shouldn't spend so much time on the computer.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I want to stop smoking.'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
''You should call the doctor.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''My eyes hurt.'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You shouldn't spend so much on clothes.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I need to lose some weight.'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
''You should go to Paris. It's beautiful.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The City===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Building&lt;br /&gt;
* Second floor&lt;br /&gt;
* First floor&lt;br /&gt;
* Stairs&lt;br /&gt;
* Step&lt;br /&gt;
* Elevator&lt;br /&gt;
* Cemetery, graveyard&lt;br /&gt;
* Grave&lt;br /&gt;
* Gravestone, tombstone&lt;br /&gt;
* Coffin&lt;br /&gt;
* Corpse, body&lt;br /&gt;
* Market&lt;br /&gt;
* Stand&lt;br /&gt;
* Statue&lt;br /&gt;
* Park&lt;br /&gt;
* Path&lt;br /&gt;
* Fountain&lt;br /&gt;
* Bench&lt;br /&gt;
* Bridge&lt;br /&gt;
* Dock&lt;br /&gt;
* Factory&lt;br /&gt;
* Smokestack&lt;br /&gt;
* Conveyor belt&lt;br /&gt;
* Warehouse&lt;br /&gt;
* Crate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/city/ City]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!watch out (for)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| tomar cuidado (com)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*Watch out! There is a car coming.&lt;br /&gt;
**Cuidado! Tem um carro vindo.&lt;br /&gt;
*When reading emails, watch out for scams.&lt;br /&gt;
*Quando estiver lendo emails, tome cuidado com fraudes. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Watch out! There are many people running here.&lt;br /&gt;
# When talking to her, watch out because she's angry today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into English: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Cuidado quando for andar no centro a noite.&lt;br /&gt;
# É preciso tomar cuidado para dirigir na chuva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make to sentences using the phrasal verb '''watch out (for)''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like the city where you live? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# If you could change some things about your city, what would you do?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is a famous park in your city?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you prefer cities with more buildings or landscapes? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you think that old buildings are more beautiful than new ones? Why or why not?&lt;br /&gt;
# How important are monuments (like Big Ben or Statue of Liberty) in defining a city?&lt;br /&gt;
# Tell about the last time you visited a famous building or monument. What and where was it? How did it look?&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe a well-known building in your city.&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s your favorite place in your city? What do you like to do there?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would you move to another city? If so, which one?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel…==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
into&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the picture below and write two sentences using the preposition into:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1953 custom Cadillac El Dorado trunk.jpg|500px|1953 custom Cadillac El Dorado trunk]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.See the pictures and write a sentences using should or shouldn't:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*[[File:Two-girls-exercising-cayucos-beach1.jpg|150px|Two-girls-exercising-cayucos-beach1]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;She should exercise often.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:Kratom Pills.jpg|150px|Kratom Pills]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:1-harley-davidson-fat-boy.JPG|150px|1-harley-davidson-fat-boy]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:Ryan Valentine scores.jpg|150px|Ryan Valentine scores]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:USMC-101008-M-1558F-390.jpg|150px|USMC-101008-M-1558F-390]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:Running shoes display.JPG|150px|Running shoes display]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:Japanese car accident.jpg|150px|Japanese car accident]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
* '''They should be here at 2 o'clock. / in the afternoon / before the game starts'''&lt;br /&gt;
* They should be here in the afternoon.&lt;br /&gt;
* They should be here before the game starts.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# She should eat less chocolate because of her health. / diet / junk food&lt;br /&gt;
# I love the fruits from that market. / organic products / My sister&lt;br /&gt;
# That factory is poluting the city. / the rivers / far from downtown&lt;br /&gt;
# We will be working on the first floor. / not / second&lt;br /&gt;
# These stairs are too long / have many steps / may help the tourists&lt;br /&gt;
# He is able to build a crate / fountain / paint&lt;br /&gt;
# They used to play in that old warehouse / park / dock&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Describe what things you see in the picture. Use the vocabulary below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dresden aerial photo City Augustus bridge across river Elbe cathedrale Church of Our Lady photo 2008 Wolfgang Pehlemann Wiesbaden Germany HSBD4389.jpg|500px|Dresden aerial photo City Augustus bridge across river Elbe cathedrale Church of Our Lady photo 2008 Wolfgang Pehlemann Wiesbaden Germany HSBD4389]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# bridge&lt;br /&gt;
# building&lt;br /&gt;
# park&lt;br /&gt;
# factory&lt;br /&gt;
# market&lt;br /&gt;
# church&lt;br /&gt;
# square&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# We prefer to live in houses than apartments.&lt;br /&gt;
# You should see the statue in that park. It's beautiful!&lt;br /&gt;
# He might be in the elevator right now.&lt;br /&gt;
# They couldn't visit that factory yesterday.&lt;br /&gt;
# The car stopped on the bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
# That city has a famous cemetery.&lt;br /&gt;
# Their office is on the second floor of that building.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Read the text belwo and answer the qestions:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Hide|&lt;br /&gt;
Text|&lt;br /&gt;
: Welcome to Hollywood City Tours. This is an automated announcement. See all of the Hollywood and around from the comfort of a double-deck bus.  There are over thirty stops, so you can hop on and hop off all day! Enjoy an interesting and fact-filled recorded narration as you travel through the most famous uptown and downtown neighborhoods from Beverly Hills and the Hollywood Studios to the house of the famous artists and many more. Come and explore this wonderful place with Hollywood City Tours. Please note, tours are in English only and start every hour from Hollywood Boulevard. U$75 per adult, U$50 per children under sixteen. For just U$30 extra you can also choose an optional presentation at Dolby Theater. Tickets are valid for 24 hours. Press 1 to book now. Press 2 to hear this message again. Press 3 to...&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Hide|&lt;br /&gt;
Questions|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# What's the text about?&lt;br /&gt;
# Where is this announcement coming from?&lt;br /&gt;
# How does this tour work?&lt;br /&gt;
# Which places will this tour take you?&lt;br /&gt;
# If you are in two adults and two children, how much would you pay for this tour?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would you like to know Hollywood? What would you like to know there?&lt;br /&gt;
# When you travel, do you like to take city tours? Why? Why not?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|hop}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|announcement}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|uptown}}  &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/49|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/47&amp;diff=6809</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/47</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/47&amp;diff=6809"/>
		<updated>2014-06-23T12:07:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Grammar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
::Utilizamos may/might para mostrar possibilidade de algo, é como se fosse nosso &amp;quot;talvez&amp;quot;,para utilizarmos basta utilizar sujeito+may/might+ verbo.&lt;br /&gt;
::Observe:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He might talk to her about it.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele talvez fale com ela sobre isso.&lt;br /&gt;
*It might rain today&lt;br /&gt;
**Pode chover hoje.&lt;br /&gt;
*I may go today.&lt;br /&gt;
**Talvez eu vá hoje.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
::A diferença entre may e might é que Might mostra menos certeza que May, ou seja no caso &amp;quot;I might go&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;I may go&amp;quot; a segunda frase mostra uma maior probabilidade de acontecer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::'''May'''&lt;br /&gt;
::May também pode ser utilizado para pedirmos ou para mostrar permissão ou fazer pedidos educadamente.&lt;br /&gt;
::Observe:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*May I ask you a question?&lt;br /&gt;
**Poderia lhe fazer uma pergunta?&lt;br /&gt;
*May I go to the bathroom?&lt;br /&gt;
**Posso ir ao banheiro?&lt;br /&gt;
*She may go now.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ela já pode ir.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Choose the right answer:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Take your umbrella as it _______ today. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;may rain&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;might rained&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;may rains&lt;br /&gt;
# He is still at work ! He _______ late I am afraid. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;may come&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;may comes&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;might came&lt;br /&gt;
# Darling! I wonder if I _______ you that marvellous car you saw yesterday ? &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;might offer&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;might offers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;may offer&lt;br /&gt;
# Mum ! My friends are having a party tonight ; _______ please? &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;may I gone&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;may they go&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;may I go&lt;br /&gt;
# Yes darling, but I was afraid I _______ your marvellous shirt ! &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;may burn&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;might burned&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;may burned&lt;br /&gt;
# He _______ late because his flight has been delayed. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;might is&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;might be &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;might been&lt;br /&gt;
# Look at those clouds ! It _______ in a minute. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;will may rain&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;may rains&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;may rain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Complete the sentences with may or might and the verbs below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*BE - BUY - DO - GET - GIVE - GO - GO - HAVE - LEAVE - VISIT&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ some change if you need it.&lt;br /&gt;
# We _______ to Jamaica next year. Our friends will be there.&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ Sue a call and see if she wants to come.&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ it if he had asked nicely but not now.&lt;br /&gt;
# I think he _______ to the football match tonight.&lt;br /&gt;
# They _______ it if they can get a good price.&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ the job, there were lots of good candidates.&lt;br /&gt;
# Sophie _______ next week if she can get a couple days off work.&lt;br /&gt;
# I don't know where it is. I _______ it at home.&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ home late. I have too many things to do before I leave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jobs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Plumber&lt;br /&gt;
* Pipe&lt;br /&gt;
* Mechanic&lt;br /&gt;
* Janitor&lt;br /&gt;
* Maid&lt;br /&gt;
* Painter&lt;br /&gt;
* Baker&lt;br /&gt;
* Bakery&lt;br /&gt;
* Butcher&lt;br /&gt;
* Barber (male only), Hair stylist (unisex)&lt;br /&gt;
* Barber shop (male only), Salon (unisex)&lt;br /&gt;
* Chef&lt;br /&gt;
* Waiter&lt;br /&gt;
* Waitress&lt;br /&gt;
* Bartender&lt;br /&gt;
* Bar&lt;br /&gt;
* Truck driver&lt;br /&gt;
* Mover&lt;br /&gt;
* Exterminator&lt;br /&gt;
* Miner&lt;br /&gt;
* Mine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/jobs/ Jobs]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!try on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| provar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*You should try these shoes on. They will look amazing on you.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você deveria provar estes sapatos. Eles vão ficar incríveis em você.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into English: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ele está provando o uniforme novo.&lt;br /&gt;
# Eu vou provar essa calça jeans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# She doesn't want to try on a smaller size.&lt;br /&gt;
# The cook is trying on the new apron.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make two sentenes using the phrasal verb '''try on''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s your profession?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like your job? &lt;br /&gt;
# What´s the most satisfying job? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# How important are clothes at work? How does your job determine what you wear in your country?&lt;br /&gt;
# In your opinion, which jobs are most prestigious?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would you like a job that involved a lot of travel? Why or why not?&lt;br /&gt;
# What three things are most important for you in a job? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# If you could own your own business, what would it be?&lt;br /&gt;
# Describe the first job you had for money.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you could choose any job in the world, what would you choose? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel…==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
out of&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the picture below and write two sentences using the preposition out of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:HK Central HKKF Islands Ferry Piers Yung Shue Wan toys box Oct-2012.JPG|500px|HK Central HKKF Islands Ferry Piers Yung Shue Wan toys box Oct-2012]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Complete the sentences using may or might:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ be right.&lt;br /&gt;
# I told them I _______ go, but I wasn't sure.&lt;br /&gt;
# Students _______ only borrow four books at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
# The examiner says we _______ leave when we've finished.&lt;br /&gt;
# It _______ be very expensive, but it's much better than the others.&lt;br /&gt;
# I just _______ accept your offer.&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ have told me earlier!&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ try asking her for help - she knows her stuff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''He may need to call the mechanic to fix it. / the plumber / the pipe'''&lt;br /&gt;
*He may need to call the plumber to fix it.&lt;br /&gt;
*He may need to call the plumber to fix the pipe.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# We need to call the janitor or the maid to clean it. / organize / wash the walls&lt;br /&gt;
# That bakery opens at 5:45 am / has tasty breads / has two good bakers&lt;br /&gt;
# The party was great! / had many waiters / and bartenders&lt;br /&gt;
# The truck driver is waiting for the mover / to start the job / close the truck&lt;br /&gt;
# Jake might be at the barber shop right now / bar / getting the car at the mechanic&lt;br /&gt;
# The painter needs two people to help him / to finish the job / more paint&lt;br /&gt;
# The butcher may help me to buy the meat / for the barbecue / for the dinner / the chef&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Complete the sentences with '''may''' / '''might''' or '''can''':====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ speak French well.&lt;br /&gt;
# _______ I help you?&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ go on holiday to Spain.&lt;br /&gt;
# She ______ drive.&lt;br /&gt;
# _______ she eat the last apple?&lt;br /&gt;
# My mother ______ telephone me today.&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ see Brad Pitt when I am in Hollywood.&lt;br /&gt;
# He _______ see the sea from his apartment.&lt;br /&gt;
# They _______ run faster than my brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# That hair stylist is begining on the market.&lt;br /&gt;
# We need the plumber here very fast.&lt;br /&gt;
# The mechanic might be wrong about your car.&lt;br /&gt;
# They will continue to explore that old mine.&lt;br /&gt;
# The baker may bake more breads for the afternoon.&lt;br /&gt;
# He is taking a bartender course.&lt;br /&gt;
# The service of that waitress is wonderful!&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Choose the right answer according to the sentence given:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{'''May I eat the last apple?'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{There&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- are no apples&lt;br /&gt;
+ is one apple&lt;br /&gt;
- is more than one apple&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{There&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- is no one else there&lt;br /&gt;
- are many people outside&lt;br /&gt;
+ are other people there&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{The person&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
+ wants to eat the apple.&lt;br /&gt;
- is offering the apple to the others&lt;br /&gt;
- is not hungry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{'''I may eat steak tonight.'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Does the person have to eat steak?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- yes&lt;br /&gt;
+ no&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Can he eat something else?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- no&lt;br /&gt;
+ probably&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Is he thinking about eating steak?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
+ yes&lt;br /&gt;
- no&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{When is he thinking of eating steak?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- right now / immediately&lt;br /&gt;
- for lunch&lt;br /&gt;
+ for dinner &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Will he eat steak tonight?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- yes&lt;br /&gt;
- no&lt;br /&gt;
+ It's quite likely&lt;br /&gt;
- It's not very likely&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{'''I can see the sea from my apartment'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Where does the person live?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- in a house&lt;br /&gt;
+ in an apartment&lt;br /&gt;
- in a bungalow&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Is it close to the sea?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
+ It´s next to the sea.&lt;br /&gt;
- No, it´s far from the sea.&lt;br /&gt;
- It´s less than 5 kilometers from the sea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Does the apartment have any views?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
+ yes.&lt;br /&gt;
- no&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Is it possible to see the sea when in the apartment?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- no&lt;br /&gt;
+ yes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{'''I might see your sister Ana when I am in São Paulo.'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Where is the person?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- In São Paulo&lt;br /&gt;
- we don´t know&lt;br /&gt;
+ we don´t know but if he´s not in São Paulo, he´s planning to go to São Paulo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Where is Ana?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- we don´t know&lt;br /&gt;
+ in São Paulo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Does he know Ana?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
+ yes&lt;br /&gt;
- no&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Does he have a meeting scheduled with Ana?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- yes&lt;br /&gt;
+ no&lt;br /&gt;
- probably not.&lt;br /&gt;
- probably&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Does he want to meet Ana?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- yes&lt;br /&gt;
+ no&lt;br /&gt;
- probably not.&lt;br /&gt;
- probably&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/48|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/46&amp;diff=6787</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/46</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/46&amp;diff=6787"/>
		<updated>2014-06-16T11:53:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Phrasal Verb */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::'''Could'''&lt;br /&gt;
::O could é um verbo auxiliar, um verbo auxiliar modal, ele serve como passado para o &amp;quot;'can&amp;quot;' e é amplamente utilizado para fazer pedidos educadamente. Sua forma negativa é o &amp;quot;'Couldn't&amp;quot;' (Could not)&lt;br /&gt;
::A diferença do &amp;quot;'could&amp;quot;' para o &amp;quot;'was able to&amp;quot;' é que para habilidades que possuíamos em geral utilizamos os &amp;quot;'could&amp;quot;' para algo que conseguimos fazer em uma ocasião especial utilizaremos o &amp;quot;'was able to&amp;quot;'&lt;br /&gt;
::Para utilizarmos o &amp;quot;'Could&amp;quot;' fazemos igual quando utilizamos o &amp;quot;'Can&amp;quot;', apenas fazemos &amp;quot;'subject + could+ verb&amp;quot;'&lt;br /&gt;
::Observe:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He could swim when he was five years old.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele conseguia nadar quando ele tinha cinco anos de idade.&lt;br /&gt;
*My nephew could already speak seven languages when he was eighteen.&lt;br /&gt;
**Meu sobrinho já era capaz de falar sete línguas quando ele tinha dezoito anos.&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you understand the exercise?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você conseguiu entender o exercício?&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pedidos'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you pass me the salt?&lt;br /&gt;
**Poderia me passar o sal?&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you send me a copy?&lt;br /&gt;
**Poderia me enviar uma cópia?&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you go with me?&lt;br /&gt;
** Você poderia ir comigo?&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you tell me the right answer?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você poderia me dizer a resposta correta?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Complete with could or couldn't:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# _______ you stop doing that? It's annoying!&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______  possibly finish such a large pizza alone.&lt;br /&gt;
# _______ you ask her to go out with me?&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ ask mister Sebel to help you.&lt;br /&gt;
# Where _______ he have parked his car?&lt;br /&gt;
# He _______ have done this. He was with me the whole time.&lt;br /&gt;
# We _______ go to France next summer.&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ lift the box. It was too heavy for me.&lt;br /&gt;
# Sarah _______ eat because she was ill.&lt;br /&gt;
# If I _______ only turn back time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Complete with can, can´t, could or couldn't:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Before Andy came to the USA, she  ______ speak English. Now she   _______ understand everything.&lt;br /&gt;
#Nancy  _______ run twenty miles when she was younger.&lt;br /&gt;
#Brian was so tired last night that he  _______ sleep.&lt;br /&gt;
#We had a great picnic last Sunday, but my friend Bob  _______ come.&lt;br /&gt;
#I  _______ somersault now, but I  _______ when I was two. (somersault = cambalhota)&lt;br /&gt;
#Mary was so busy that she _______ accept the invitation to go out.&lt;br /&gt;
#Joe _______ whistle at all.  Now he _______.&lt;br /&gt;
#Lisa _______ play baseball, but she _______ when she was three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Art===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Actor&lt;br /&gt;
* Actress&lt;br /&gt;
* Mask&lt;br /&gt;
* Spotlight&lt;br /&gt;
* Stage&lt;br /&gt;
* Director&lt;br /&gt;
* Megaphone&lt;br /&gt;
* Star, celebrity&lt;br /&gt;
* Audience&lt;br /&gt;
* Applause&lt;br /&gt;
* Clap&lt;br /&gt;
* Boo&lt;br /&gt;
* Painting&lt;br /&gt;
* Frame&lt;br /&gt;
* Painter, artist (general)&lt;br /&gt;
* Easel&lt;br /&gt;
* Canvas&lt;br /&gt;
* Paint&lt;br /&gt;
* Palette&lt;br /&gt;
* Paint brush&lt;br /&gt;
* Portfolio&lt;br /&gt;
* Model&lt;br /&gt;
* Sculptor&lt;br /&gt;
* Sculpture&lt;br /&gt;
* Pedestal&lt;br /&gt;
* Bust&lt;br /&gt;
* Museum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/art/ Art]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!give up&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| desistir&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*The woman gave up after a year trying to become a fire fighter.&lt;br /&gt;
**A mulher desistiu depois de um ano tentando tornar-se uma bombeira.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into English&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ele desistiu do jogo antes do fim.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nós desistimos de comprar a TV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# They gave up studying that course.&lt;br /&gt;
# I will give up talking to you in a minute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make to sentences using the phrasal verb '''give up''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like any kind of art? Which one?&lt;br /&gt;
# What do you consider art? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are you an artist? If not, would you like to be an artist?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would you like to be on stage? What would you like to perform? (sing, play, etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# Are there good museums where you live?&lt;br /&gt;
# When you travel to different places, what do you most like to meet?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to go to theaters? How often do you go?&lt;br /&gt;
# Which famous movie directors do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
# Who are your favorite movie stars? In what movies did they participate?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel…==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the picture below and write two sentences using the preposition around:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Around-Jokhang1.JPG|500px|Around-Jokhang1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Use the words can, can't, could or couldn't to complete the sentences below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bob _______ swim but he _______ when he was two years old.. &lt;br /&gt;
# Steve's younger sister _______ surf, but he _______. &lt;br /&gt;
# Last week it was sunny and we _______ go swimming, but this week we _______. &lt;br /&gt;
# Russel _______ play the violin, but he _______ play the piano. &lt;br /&gt;
# Seaturtles _______ swim, but they _______ fly. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tony _______ cook now, but he _______ before taking cooking classes. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kimi _______ dance with fans, but she _______ dance samba. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*Where did she go yesterday? / sing / act&lt;br /&gt;
*Where did she sing yesterday?&lt;br /&gt;
*Where did she act yesterday?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The actress couldn't go to the stage. / actor / director&lt;br /&gt;
# The painter wasn't using the canvas / palette / paint brush&lt;br /&gt;
# That painting has no frame. / colors / sculpture&lt;br /&gt;
# The audience will be arriving at 7pm / The star / The artists&lt;br /&gt;
# At the end, the audience clapped / applause / boo&lt;br /&gt;
# That actor could be in the spotlight / can / That celebrity&lt;br /&gt;
# I saw the portfolio of that sculptor / it's beautiful / different&lt;br /&gt;
# This museum has many different pieces of art / sculptures / rare paintings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. According to the vocabulary above, try to guess what's the definition of the sentences:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A material where we use to hold in our hands with many different colors of paint.&lt;br /&gt;
# The place where the actors like to be.&lt;br /&gt;
# The main person of a movie, play, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# An instrument used so the person can speak louder.&lt;br /&gt;
# A bad reaction of the audience after a presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
# The thing used to hold sculptures.&lt;br /&gt;
# The people who use their body and beauty as a job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# We could be the actors on that play.&lt;br /&gt;
# It's possible to see old art in Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Many famous artists come from that university.&lt;br /&gt;
# She couldn't wait to see the sculpture.&lt;br /&gt;
# We need more museums in our city.&lt;br /&gt;
# The actress is nervous because of big the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
# In Hollywood there are celebrities everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Read the text and answer the questions below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::History of Theater&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: The word theater means a “place for seeing,” but theater is more than just a building where plays are performed. It’s the whole idea behind what happens there. Theater is where playwrights write scripts, directors supervise rehearsals, set designers and technical crew work behind-the-scenes, and the actors perform on stage. All of these people have an important role in the theater, but it is not true theater until an audience is there to experience it.&lt;br /&gt;
:Exactly when theater began is a mystery. Prehistoric hunters acted out stories about their hunting expeditions. Ancient Egyptians performed sacred songs and danced for their gods in religious ceremonies, but the idea of theater as dramatic entertainment came later. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!wikipedia&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# What's the meaning of the word ´theater?&lt;br /&gt;
# What's the theater about?&lt;br /&gt;
# Name three important people to make theaters happen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Is theater a recent thing? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What were the first performances on stage about?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you go to theaters often?&lt;br /&gt;
# When was the last play you saw? What was the script about?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|playwrights}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|scripts}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|rehearsal}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|set}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|crew}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|sacred}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|dramatic}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|entertainment}} &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/47|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/46&amp;diff=6742</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/46</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/46&amp;diff=6742"/>
		<updated>2014-06-09T12:47:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Grammar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::'''Could'''&lt;br /&gt;
::O could é um verbo auxiliar, um verbo auxiliar modal, ele serve como passado para o &amp;quot;'can&amp;quot;' e é amplamente utilizado para fazer pedidos educadamente. Sua forma negativa é o &amp;quot;'Couldn't&amp;quot;' (Could not)&lt;br /&gt;
::A diferença do &amp;quot;'could&amp;quot;' para o &amp;quot;'was able to&amp;quot;' é que para habilidades que possuíamos em geral utilizamos os &amp;quot;'could&amp;quot;' para algo que conseguimos fazer em uma ocasião especial utilizaremos o &amp;quot;'was able to&amp;quot;'&lt;br /&gt;
::Para utilizarmos o &amp;quot;'Could&amp;quot;' fazemos igual quando utilizamos o &amp;quot;'Can&amp;quot;', apenas fazemos &amp;quot;'subject + could+ verb&amp;quot;'&lt;br /&gt;
::Observe:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He could swim when he was five years old.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele conseguia nadar quando ele tinha cinco anos de idade.&lt;br /&gt;
*My nephew could already speak seven languages when he was eighteen.&lt;br /&gt;
**Meu sobrinho já era capaz de falar sete línguas quando ele tinha dezoito anos.&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you understand the exercise?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você conseguiu entender o exercício?&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pedidos'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you pass me the salt?&lt;br /&gt;
**Poderia me passar o sal?&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you send me a copy?&lt;br /&gt;
**Poderia me enviar uma cópia?&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you go with me?&lt;br /&gt;
** Você poderia ir comigo?&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you tell me the right answer?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você poderia me dizer a resposta correta?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Complete with could or couldn't:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# _______ you stop doing that? It's annoying!&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______  possibly finish such a large pizza alone.&lt;br /&gt;
# _______ you ask her to go out with me?&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ ask mister Sebel to help you.&lt;br /&gt;
# Where _______ he have parked his car?&lt;br /&gt;
# He _______ have done this. He was with me the whole time.&lt;br /&gt;
# We _______ go to France next summer.&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ lift the box. It was too heavy for me.&lt;br /&gt;
# Sarah _______ eat because she was ill.&lt;br /&gt;
# If I _______ only turn back time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Complete with can, can´t, could or couldn't:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Before Andy came to the USA, she  ______ speak English. Now she   _______ understand everything.&lt;br /&gt;
#Nancy  _______ run twenty miles when she was younger.&lt;br /&gt;
#Brian was so tired last night that he  _______ sleep.&lt;br /&gt;
#We had a great picnic last Sunday, but my friend Bob  _______ come.&lt;br /&gt;
#I  _______ somersault now, but I  _______ when I was two. (somersault = cambalhota)&lt;br /&gt;
#Mary was so busy that she _______ accept the invitation to go out.&lt;br /&gt;
#Joe _______ whistle at all.  Now he _______.&lt;br /&gt;
#Lisa _______ play baseball, but she _______ when she was three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Art===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Actor&lt;br /&gt;
* Actress&lt;br /&gt;
* Mask&lt;br /&gt;
* Spotlight&lt;br /&gt;
* Stage&lt;br /&gt;
* Director&lt;br /&gt;
* Megaphone&lt;br /&gt;
* Star, celebrity&lt;br /&gt;
* Audience&lt;br /&gt;
* Applause&lt;br /&gt;
* Clap&lt;br /&gt;
* Boo&lt;br /&gt;
* Painting&lt;br /&gt;
* Frame&lt;br /&gt;
* Painter, artist (general)&lt;br /&gt;
* Easel&lt;br /&gt;
* Canvas&lt;br /&gt;
* Paint&lt;br /&gt;
* Palette&lt;br /&gt;
* Paint brush&lt;br /&gt;
* Portfolio&lt;br /&gt;
* Model&lt;br /&gt;
* Sculptor&lt;br /&gt;
* Sculpture&lt;br /&gt;
* Pedestal&lt;br /&gt;
* Bust&lt;br /&gt;
* Museum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/art/ Art]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!give up&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| desistir&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*The woman gave up after a year trying to become a fire fighter.&lt;br /&gt;
**A mulher desistiu depois de um ano tentando tornar-se uma bombeira.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ele desistiu do jogo antes do fim.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nós desistimos de comprar a TV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into English: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# They gave up studying that course.&lt;br /&gt;
# I will give up talking to you in a minute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make to sentences using the phrasal verb '''give up''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like any kind of art? Which one?&lt;br /&gt;
# What do you consider art? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are you an artist? If not, would you like to be an artist?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would you like to be on stage? What would you like to perform? (sing, play, etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# Are there good museums where you live?&lt;br /&gt;
# When you travel to different places, what do you most like to meet?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to go to theaters? How often do you go?&lt;br /&gt;
# Which famous movie directors do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
# Who are your favorite movie stars? In what movies did they participate?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel…==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the picture below and write two sentences using the preposition around:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Around-Jokhang1.JPG|500px|Around-Jokhang1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Use the words can, can't, could or couldn't to complete the sentences below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bob _______ swim but he _______ when he was two years old.. &lt;br /&gt;
# Steve's younger sister _______ surf, but he _______. &lt;br /&gt;
# Last week it was sunny and we _______ go swimming, but this week we _______. &lt;br /&gt;
# Russel _______ play the violin, but he _______ play the piano. &lt;br /&gt;
# Seaturtles _______ swim, but they _______ fly. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tony _______ cook now, but he _______ before taking cooking classes. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kimi _______ dance with fans, but she _______ dance samba. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*Where did she go yesterday? / sing / act&lt;br /&gt;
*Where did she sing yesterday?&lt;br /&gt;
*Where did she act yesterday?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The actress couldn't go to the stage. / actor / director&lt;br /&gt;
# The painter wasn't using the canvas / palette / paint brush&lt;br /&gt;
# That painting has no frame. / colors / sculpture&lt;br /&gt;
# The audience will be arriving at 7pm / The star / The artists&lt;br /&gt;
# At the end, the audience clapped / applause / boo&lt;br /&gt;
# That actor could be in the spotlight / can / That celebrity&lt;br /&gt;
# I saw the portfolio of that sculptor / it's beautiful / different&lt;br /&gt;
# This museum has many different pieces of art / sculptures / rare paintings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. According to the vocabulary above, try to guess what's the definition of the sentences:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A material where we use to hold in our hands with many different colors of paint.&lt;br /&gt;
# The place where the actors like to be.&lt;br /&gt;
# The main person of a movie, play, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# An instrument used so the person can speak louder.&lt;br /&gt;
# A bad reaction of the audience after a presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
# The thing used to hold sculptures.&lt;br /&gt;
# The people who use their body and beauty as a job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# We could be the actors on that play.&lt;br /&gt;
# It's possible to see old art in Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Many famous artists come from that university.&lt;br /&gt;
# She couldn't wait to see the sculpture.&lt;br /&gt;
# We need more museums in our city.&lt;br /&gt;
# The actress is nervous because of big the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
# In Hollywood there are celebrities everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Read the text and answer the questions below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::History of Theater&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: The word theater means a “place for seeing,” but theater is more than just a building where plays are performed. It’s the whole idea behind what happens there. Theater is where playwrights write scripts, directors supervise rehearsals, set designers and technical crew work behind-the-scenes, and the actors perform on stage. All of these people have an important role in the theater, but it is not true theater until an audience is there to experience it.&lt;br /&gt;
:Exactly when theater began is a mystery. Prehistoric hunters acted out stories about their hunting expeditions. Ancient Egyptians performed sacred songs and danced for their gods in religious ceremonies, but the idea of theater as dramatic entertainment came later. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!wikipedia&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# What's the meaning of the word ´theater?&lt;br /&gt;
# What's the theater about?&lt;br /&gt;
# Name three important people to make theaters happen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Is theater a recent thing? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What were the first performances on stage about?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you go to theaters often?&lt;br /&gt;
# When was the last play you saw? What was the script about?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|playwrights}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|scripts}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|rehearsal}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|set}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|crew}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|sacred}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|dramatic}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|entertainment}} &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/47|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/46&amp;diff=6741</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/46</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/46&amp;diff=6741"/>
		<updated>2014-06-09T12:43:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Grammar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::'''Could'''&lt;br /&gt;
::O could é um verbo auxiliar, um verbo auxiliar modal, ele serve como passado para o &amp;quot;&amp;quot;can&amp;quot;&amp;quot; e é amplamente utilizado para fazer pedidos educadamente. Sua forma negativa é o &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;quot;Couldn't&amp;quot;&amp;quot; (Could not)&lt;br /&gt;
::A diferença do &amp;quot;&amp;quot;could&amp;quot;&amp;quot; para o &amp;quot;&amp;quot;was able to&amp;quot;&amp;quot; é que para habilidades que possuíamos em geral utilizamos os &amp;quot;&amp;quot;could&amp;quot;&amp;quot; para algo que conseguimos fazer em uma ocasião especial utilizaremos o &amp;quot;&amp;quot;was able to&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
::Para utilizarmos o &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Could&amp;quot;&amp;quot; fazemos igual quando utilizamos o &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Can&amp;quot;&amp;quot;, apenas fazemos &amp;quot;&amp;quot;subject + could+ verb&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
::Observe:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He could swim when he was five years old.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele conseguia nadar quando ele tinha cinco anos de idade.&lt;br /&gt;
*My nephew could already speak seven languages when he was eighteen.&lt;br /&gt;
**Meu sobrinho já era capaz de falar sete línguas quando ele tinha dezoito anos.&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you understand the exercise?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você conseguiu entender o exercício?&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pedidos'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you pass me the salt?&lt;br /&gt;
**Poderia me passar o sal?&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you send me a copy?&lt;br /&gt;
**Poderia me enviar uma cópia?&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you go with me?&lt;br /&gt;
** Você poderia ir comigo?&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you tell me the right answer?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você poderia me dizer a resposta correta?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Complete with could or couldn't:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# _______ you stop doing that? It's annoying!&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______  possibly finish such a large pizza alone.&lt;br /&gt;
# _______ you ask her to go out with me?&lt;br /&gt;
# You _______ ask mister Sebel to help you.&lt;br /&gt;
# Where _______ he have parked his car?&lt;br /&gt;
# He _______ have done this. He was with me the whole time.&lt;br /&gt;
# We _______ go to France next summer.&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ lift the box. It was too heavy for me.&lt;br /&gt;
# Sarah _______ eat because she was ill.&lt;br /&gt;
# If I _______ only turn back time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Complete with can, can´t, could or couldn't:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Before Andy came to the USA, she  ______ speak English. Now she   _______ understand everything.&lt;br /&gt;
#Nancy  _______ run twenty miles when she was younger.&lt;br /&gt;
#Brian was so tired last night that he  _______ sleep.&lt;br /&gt;
#We had a great picnic last Sunday, but my friend Bob  _______ come.&lt;br /&gt;
#I  _______ somersault now, but I  _______ when I was two. (somersault = cambalhota)&lt;br /&gt;
#Mary was so busy that she _______ accept the invitation to go out.&lt;br /&gt;
#Joe _______ whistle at all.  Now he _______.&lt;br /&gt;
#Lisa _______ play baseball, but she _______ when she was three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Art===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Actor&lt;br /&gt;
* Actress&lt;br /&gt;
* Mask&lt;br /&gt;
* Spotlight&lt;br /&gt;
* Stage&lt;br /&gt;
* Director&lt;br /&gt;
* Megaphone&lt;br /&gt;
* Star, celebrity&lt;br /&gt;
* Audience&lt;br /&gt;
* Applause&lt;br /&gt;
* Clap&lt;br /&gt;
* Boo&lt;br /&gt;
* Painting&lt;br /&gt;
* Frame&lt;br /&gt;
* Painter, artist (general)&lt;br /&gt;
* Easel&lt;br /&gt;
* Canvas&lt;br /&gt;
* Paint&lt;br /&gt;
* Palette&lt;br /&gt;
* Paint brush&lt;br /&gt;
* Portfolio&lt;br /&gt;
* Model&lt;br /&gt;
* Sculptor&lt;br /&gt;
* Sculpture&lt;br /&gt;
* Pedestal&lt;br /&gt;
* Bust&lt;br /&gt;
* Museum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/art/ Art]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!give up&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| desistir&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*The woman gave up after a year trying to become a fire fighter.&lt;br /&gt;
**A mulher desistiu depois de um ano tentando tornar-se uma bombeira.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Ele desistiu do jogo antes do fim.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nós desistimos de comprar a TV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into English: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# They gave up studying that course.&lt;br /&gt;
# I will give up talking to you in a minute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make to sentences using the phrasal verb '''give up''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like any kind of art? Which one?&lt;br /&gt;
# What do you consider art? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are you an artist? If not, would you like to be an artist?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would you like to be on stage? What would you like to perform? (sing, play, etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# Are there good museums where you live?&lt;br /&gt;
# When you travel to different places, what do you most like to meet?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to go to theaters? How often do you go?&lt;br /&gt;
# Which famous movie directors do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
# Who are your favorite movie stars? In what movies did they participate?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel…==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the picture below and write two sentences using the preposition around:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Around-Jokhang1.JPG|500px|Around-Jokhang1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Use the words can, can't, could or couldn't to complete the sentences below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Bob _______ swim but he _______ when he was two years old.. &lt;br /&gt;
# Steve's younger sister _______ surf, but he _______. &lt;br /&gt;
# Last week it was sunny and we _______ go swimming, but this week we _______. &lt;br /&gt;
# Russel _______ play the violin, but he _______ play the piano. &lt;br /&gt;
# Seaturtles _______ swim, but they _______ fly. &lt;br /&gt;
# Tony _______ cook now, but he _______ before taking cooking classes. &lt;br /&gt;
# Kimi _______ dance with fans, but she _______ dance samba. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*Where did she go yesterday? / sing / act&lt;br /&gt;
*Where did she sing yesterday?&lt;br /&gt;
*Where did she act yesterday?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The actress couldn't go to the stage. / actor / director&lt;br /&gt;
# The painter wasn't using the canvas / palette / paint brush&lt;br /&gt;
# That painting has no frame. / colors / sculpture&lt;br /&gt;
# The audience will be arriving at 7pm / The star / The artists&lt;br /&gt;
# At the end, the audience clapped / applause / boo&lt;br /&gt;
# That actor could be in the spotlight / can / That celebrity&lt;br /&gt;
# I saw the portfolio of that sculptor / it's beautiful / different&lt;br /&gt;
# This museum has many different pieces of art / sculptures / rare paintings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. According to the vocabulary above, try to guess what's the definition of the sentences:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# A material where we use to hold in our hands with many different colors of paint.&lt;br /&gt;
# The place where the actors like to be.&lt;br /&gt;
# The main person of a movie, play, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# An instrument used so the person can speak louder.&lt;br /&gt;
# A bad reaction of the audience after a presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
# The thing used to hold sculptures.&lt;br /&gt;
# The people who use their body and beauty as a job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# We could be the actors on that play.&lt;br /&gt;
# It's possible to see old art in Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
# Many famous artists come from that university.&lt;br /&gt;
# She couldn't wait to see the sculpture.&lt;br /&gt;
# We need more museums in our city.&lt;br /&gt;
# The actress is nervous because of big the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
# In Hollywood there are celebrities everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Read the text and answer the questions below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::History of Theater&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: The word theater means a “place for seeing,” but theater is more than just a building where plays are performed. It’s the whole idea behind what happens there. Theater is where playwrights write scripts, directors supervise rehearsals, set designers and technical crew work behind-the-scenes, and the actors perform on stage. All of these people have an important role in the theater, but it is not true theater until an audience is there to experience it.&lt;br /&gt;
:Exactly when theater began is a mystery. Prehistoric hunters acted out stories about their hunting expeditions. Ancient Egyptians performed sacred songs and danced for their gods in religious ceremonies, but the idea of theater as dramatic entertainment came later. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!wikipedia&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# What's the meaning of the word ´theater?&lt;br /&gt;
# What's the theater about?&lt;br /&gt;
# Name three important people to make theaters happen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Is theater a recent thing? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What were the first performances on stage about?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you go to theaters often?&lt;br /&gt;
# When was the last play you saw? What was the script about?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|playwrights}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|scripts}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|rehearsal}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|set}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|crew}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|sacred}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|dramatic}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|entertainment}} &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/47|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6740</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/45</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6740"/>
		<updated>2014-06-09T12:14:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Grammar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado para afirmar que algo é possível de ser feito ou permitido. Também significa que alguém tem a habilidade para fazer algo.&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado seguido de infinitivo &lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He can go to the party&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele pode ir à festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*Can you come to my house today?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você pode vir à minha casa hoje?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
::Can't é a forma negativa (can not), significa que algo não é possível de ser feito ou alguém não é capaz de realizar algo.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*I can't go to the mall tonight&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu não posso ir ao shopping hoje a noite.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can`t travel before your surgery.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você não pode viajar antes da sua cirurgia.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
::Podemos utilizar também o &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; com o mesmo sentido de &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*I am able to go to he party&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu posso ir à festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*They are able to swim.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eles são capazes de nadas.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
::O &amp;quot;can&amp;quot; e o &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; tem o mesmo sentido porém o can apenas usamos no passado (Could) e no presente enquanto o &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; podemos utilizar com outros tempos verbais, observe:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*I will be able to go to the party&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu posso ir à festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*They were able to swim.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eles são capazes de nadar.&lt;br /&gt;
*She is being able to do this everyday.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ela está sendo capaz de fazer isso todo dia.&lt;br /&gt;
*Maria might be able to finish this.&lt;br /&gt;
**Talvez Maria seja capaz de terminar isso.&lt;br /&gt;
*We used to be able to finish this game.&lt;br /&gt;
**Nós costumávamos ser capazes de terminar esse jogo.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Put the correct form of either &amp;quot;can&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; for each sentence:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# My brother _______ cook very well. He is a chef in a French restaurant.&lt;br /&gt;
# When he was only 2, my friend Lee _______ speak quite well.&lt;br /&gt;
# I have to go to a business dinner tomorrow night so I _______ (not) come to the party. I'm very sorry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kevin lived in Italy for six years, so he must _______ speak Italian quite well. He will help you with your homework.&lt;br /&gt;
# This telephone is terrible. I _______ (not) hear you at all.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the car drove into the lake, one of the passengers _______ (not) open the door and had to be rescued.&lt;br /&gt;
# Despite the arrival of the storm, they _______ finish the football match.&lt;br /&gt;
# When I was very young, I used to _______ touch my toes, but I can't now!!&lt;br /&gt;
# The house was totally empty all day yesterday and I _______ finish that book I was reading.&lt;br /&gt;
# My mother tells me that her grandfather was one of the best musicians of his time in the city and _______ play the piano like a professional.&lt;br /&gt;
# I hope to _______ speak English very well after this course finishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:'''swim in the sea this morning / she - past'''&lt;br /&gt;
: She was able to swim in the sea this morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# cook for 10 people / The chef - present&lt;br /&gt;
# train more than twenty kids / The coach - future&lt;br /&gt;
# repare the problems / The mechanic - future&lt;br /&gt;
# speak four languages / The manager - past&lt;br /&gt;
# run 1 kilometer in less than 3 minutes / The athlete - present&lt;br /&gt;
# serve 8 tables / The waiter - future&lt;br /&gt;
# read the text out loud / The student - present&lt;br /&gt;
# spend some time with his kids / James - future&lt;br /&gt;
# take a long trip around the world / Catarina - past&lt;br /&gt;
# give comands to the dog / Kimmy - present&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Communication===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Letter&lt;br /&gt;
* Return address&lt;br /&gt;
* Address &lt;br /&gt;
* Stamp&lt;br /&gt;
* Postmark&lt;br /&gt;
* Postcard&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailman&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailbox&lt;br /&gt;
* Newspaper&lt;br /&gt;
* Reporter&lt;br /&gt;
* Magazine&lt;br /&gt;
* Package&lt;br /&gt;
* Box&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Ring&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone jack&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone&lt;br /&gt;
* Walkie-talkie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/communication/ Communication]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!ask someone a question&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fazer uma pergunta a alguém&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He wants to ask the teacher a question.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele quer fazer uma pergunta para o(a) professor(a).&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#He wants to ask her a question,.&lt;br /&gt;
#The police is asking the suspect questions about last night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into English: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Mariana queria fazer uma pergunta sobre matemática para o professor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Posso te fazer uma pergunta?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make two sentenes using the phrasal verb '''ask someone a question''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Try to list some means of communication that you know of.&lt;br /&gt;
# Which one of those do you use more?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you think newspapers will get to be obsolete one day? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Is the mailman profession also in risk? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you remember when was the last time ou received a letter?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you send/receive many packages?&lt;br /&gt;
# Did you have a stamp collection when you were a child?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are smartphones responsible for all of this changes in communication? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s the best way to communicate in your point of view? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# How will communication be in the future?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Bites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the pictures below and write two sentences using the preposition off:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buzz off!.jpg|500px|Buzz off!]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship.jpg|500px|US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Choose the correct form of 'can' or 'to be able to' to complete the sentences below.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Tom _______ (buy) a new house last month. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (they/play) tennis well? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (not/understand) the question yesterday. &lt;br /&gt;
# When _______ (you/come) tomorrow? &lt;br /&gt;
# Unfortunately, they _______ (get) the bread this morning. &lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ (not / play) golf last Thursday. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (you / speak) Japanese? &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (he / come) to the party next weekend. &lt;br /&gt;
# They _______ (get) tickets to the Rolling Stones concert last week. &lt;br /&gt;
# How _______ (you / convince) him to come to the exhibition last week? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (enjoy) the concert because of the noise outside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''We can serve everybody at 4pm./ before the game / after the presentation'''&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody before the game.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody after the presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The mailman wasn't able to deliver the letters. / package / to my friend&lt;br /&gt;
#We are waiting for the reporter / postcard / my grandma&lt;br /&gt;
#They can use the cellphone to communicate / walkie-talkie / during the trip&lt;br /&gt;
#Today´s newspaper wasn't in my mailbox / magazine / article&lt;br /&gt;
#My cousin has a box full of stamps / postcards / magazines&lt;br /&gt;
#The secretary wasn't able write the address / return address / on the package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Continue the story using the words below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: When I was a kid I remember when the mailman passed from house to house delivering all the mails sent by the people. Nowadays this is not so common because of the technology, but one thing that technology won't change is....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# and&lt;br /&gt;
# package&lt;br /&gt;
# magazines&lt;br /&gt;
# or&lt;br /&gt;
# envelope&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# They can go in the morning if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
# When is she going to be able to finish it?&lt;br /&gt;
# Kate will be arriving tomorrow night.&lt;br /&gt;
# The cook was paying attention to the oven.&lt;br /&gt;
# What can we do tonight?&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't worry, they will do the dishes right after lunch!&lt;br /&gt;
# Is she going to be able to do it herself?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Give a comment for each sentence using can or be able to:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''She doesn't have any new idea for the project.'''&lt;br /&gt;
*She can read some books to open her mind.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The kids aren't happy with this game they are playing.&lt;br /&gt;
# The man was very confused on which tool to use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go on motorcycles trail is easy for them.&lt;br /&gt;
# He wants to paint something different this time.&lt;br /&gt;
# That girl is very talkative &lt;br /&gt;
# She isn't here yet and it's already 5 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
# This car is very expensive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/46|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6739</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/45</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6739"/>
		<updated>2014-06-09T12:14:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Grammar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado para afirmar que algo é possível de ser feito ou permitido. Também significa que alguém tem a habilidade para fazer algo.&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado seguido de infinitivo &lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He can go to the party&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele pode ir à festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*Can you come to my house today?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você pode vir à minha casa hoje?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
::Can't é a forma negativa (can not), significa que algo não é possível de ser feito ou alguém não é capaz de realizar algo.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*I can't go to the mall tonight&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu não posso ir ao shopping hoje a noite.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can`t travel before your surgery.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você não pode viajar antes da sua cirurgia.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
::Podemos utilizar também o &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; com o mesmo sentido de &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*I am able to go to he party&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu posso ir à festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*They are able to swim.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eles são capazes de nadas.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
::O &amp;quot;can&amp;quot; e o &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; tem o mesmo sentido porém o can apenas usamos no passado (Could) e no presente enquanto o &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; podemos utilizar com outros tempos verbais, observe:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*I will be able to go to the party&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu posso ir à festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*They were able to swim.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eles são capazes de nadas.&lt;br /&gt;
*She is being able to do this everyday.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ela está sendo capaz de fazer isso todo dia.&lt;br /&gt;
*Maria might be able to finish this.&lt;br /&gt;
**Talvez Maria seja capaz de terminar isso.&lt;br /&gt;
*We used to be able to finish this game.&lt;br /&gt;
**Nós costumávamos ser capazes de terminar esse jogo.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Put the correct form of either &amp;quot;can&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; for each sentence:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# My brother _______ cook very well. He is a chef in a French restaurant.&lt;br /&gt;
# When he was only 2, my friend Lee _______ speak quite well.&lt;br /&gt;
# I have to go to a business dinner tomorrow night so I _______ (not) come to the party. I'm very sorry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kevin lived in Italy for six years, so he must _______ speak Italian quite well. He will help you with your homework.&lt;br /&gt;
# This telephone is terrible. I _______ (not) hear you at all.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the car drove into the lake, one of the passengers _______ (not) open the door and had to be rescued.&lt;br /&gt;
# Despite the arrival of the storm, they _______ finish the football match.&lt;br /&gt;
# When I was very young, I used to _______ touch my toes, but I can't now!!&lt;br /&gt;
# The house was totally empty all day yesterday and I _______ finish that book I was reading.&lt;br /&gt;
# My mother tells me that her grandfather was one of the best musicians of his time in the city and _______ play the piano like a professional.&lt;br /&gt;
# I hope to _______ speak English very well after this course finishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:'''swim in the sea this morning / she - past'''&lt;br /&gt;
: She was able to swim in the sea this morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# cook for 10 people / The chef - present&lt;br /&gt;
# train more than twenty kids / The coach - future&lt;br /&gt;
# repare the problems / The mechanic - future&lt;br /&gt;
# speak four languages / The manager - past&lt;br /&gt;
# run 1 kilometer in less than 3 minutes / The athlete - present&lt;br /&gt;
# serve 8 tables / The waiter - future&lt;br /&gt;
# read the text out loud / The student - present&lt;br /&gt;
# spend some time with his kids / James - future&lt;br /&gt;
# take a long trip around the world / Catarina - past&lt;br /&gt;
# give comands to the dog / Kimmy - present&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Communication===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Letter&lt;br /&gt;
* Return address&lt;br /&gt;
* Address &lt;br /&gt;
* Stamp&lt;br /&gt;
* Postmark&lt;br /&gt;
* Postcard&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailman&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailbox&lt;br /&gt;
* Newspaper&lt;br /&gt;
* Reporter&lt;br /&gt;
* Magazine&lt;br /&gt;
* Package&lt;br /&gt;
* Box&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Ring&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone jack&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone&lt;br /&gt;
* Walkie-talkie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/communication/ Communication]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!ask someone a question&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fazer uma pergunta a alguém&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He wants to ask the teacher a question.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele quer fazer uma pergunta para o(a) professor(a).&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#He wants to ask her a question,.&lt;br /&gt;
#The police is asking the suspect questions about last night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into English: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Mariana queria fazer uma pergunta sobre matemática para o professor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Posso te fazer uma pergunta?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make two sentenes using the phrasal verb '''ask someone a question''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Try to list some means of communication that you know of.&lt;br /&gt;
# Which one of those do you use more?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you think newspapers will get to be obsolete one day? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Is the mailman profession also in risk? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you remember when was the last time ou received a letter?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you send/receive many packages?&lt;br /&gt;
# Did you have a stamp collection when you were a child?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are smartphones responsible for all of this changes in communication? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s the best way to communicate in your point of view? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# How will communication be in the future?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Bites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the pictures below and write two sentences using the preposition off:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buzz off!.jpg|500px|Buzz off!]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship.jpg|500px|US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Choose the correct form of 'can' or 'to be able to' to complete the sentences below.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Tom _______ (buy) a new house last month. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (they/play) tennis well? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (not/understand) the question yesterday. &lt;br /&gt;
# When _______ (you/come) tomorrow? &lt;br /&gt;
# Unfortunately, they _______ (get) the bread this morning. &lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ (not / play) golf last Thursday. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (you / speak) Japanese? &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (he / come) to the party next weekend. &lt;br /&gt;
# They _______ (get) tickets to the Rolling Stones concert last week. &lt;br /&gt;
# How _______ (you / convince) him to come to the exhibition last week? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (enjoy) the concert because of the noise outside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''We can serve everybody at 4pm./ before the game / after the presentation'''&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody before the game.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody after the presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The mailman wasn't able to deliver the letters. / package / to my friend&lt;br /&gt;
#We are waiting for the reporter / postcard / my grandma&lt;br /&gt;
#They can use the cellphone to communicate / walkie-talkie / during the trip&lt;br /&gt;
#Today´s newspaper wasn't in my mailbox / magazine / article&lt;br /&gt;
#My cousin has a box full of stamps / postcards / magazines&lt;br /&gt;
#The secretary wasn't able write the address / return address / on the package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Continue the story using the words below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: When I was a kid I remember when the mailman passed from house to house delivering all the mails sent by the people. Nowadays this is not so common because of the technology, but one thing that technology won't change is....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# and&lt;br /&gt;
# package&lt;br /&gt;
# magazines&lt;br /&gt;
# or&lt;br /&gt;
# envelope&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# They can go in the morning if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
# When is she going to be able to finish it?&lt;br /&gt;
# Kate will be arriving tomorrow night.&lt;br /&gt;
# The cook was paying attention to the oven.&lt;br /&gt;
# What can we do tonight?&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't worry, they will do the dishes right after lunch!&lt;br /&gt;
# Is she going to be able to do it herself?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Give a comment for each sentence using can or be able to:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''She doesn't have any new idea for the project.'''&lt;br /&gt;
*She can read some books to open her mind.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The kids aren't happy with this game they are playing.&lt;br /&gt;
# The man was very confused on which tool to use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go on motorcycles trail is easy for them.&lt;br /&gt;
# He wants to paint something different this time.&lt;br /&gt;
# That girl is very talkative &lt;br /&gt;
# She isn't here yet and it's already 5 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
# This car is very expensive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/46|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6738</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/45</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6738"/>
		<updated>2014-06-09T12:09:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Grammar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado para afirmar que algo é possível de ser feito ou permitido. Também significa que alguém tem a habilidade para fazer algo.&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado seguido de infinitivo &lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He can go to the party&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele pode ir à festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*Can you come to my house today?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você pode vir à minha casa hoje?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
::Can't é a forma negativa (can not), significa que algo não é possível de ser feito ou alguém não é capaz de realizar algo.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*I can't go to the mall tonight&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu não posso ir ao shopping hoje a noite.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can`t travel before your surgery.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você não pode viajar antes da sua cirurgia.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
::Podemos utilizar também o &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; com o mesmo sentido de &amp;quot;can&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*I am able to go to he party&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu posso ir à festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*They are able to swim.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eles são capazes de nadas.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
::O &amp;quot;can&amp;quot; e o &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; tem o mesmo sentido porém o can apenas usamos no passado (Could) e no presente enquanto o &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; podemos utilizar com outros tempos verbais, observe:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*I will be able to go to he party&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu posso ir à festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*They were able to swim.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eles são capazes de nadas.&lt;br /&gt;
*She is being able to do this everyday.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ela está sendo capaz de fazer isso todo dia.&lt;br /&gt;
*Maria might be able to finish this.&lt;br /&gt;
**Talvez Maria seja capaz de terminar isso.&lt;br /&gt;
*We used to be able to finish this game.&lt;br /&gt;
**Nós costumávamos ser capazes de terminar esse jogo.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Put the correct form of either &amp;quot;can&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; for each sentence:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# My brother _______ cook very well. He is a chef in a French restaurant.&lt;br /&gt;
# When he was only 2, my friend Lee _______ speak quite well.&lt;br /&gt;
# I have to go to a business dinner tomorrow night so I _______ (not) come to the party. I'm very sorry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kevin lived in Italy for six years, so he must _______ speak Italian quite well. He will help you with your homework.&lt;br /&gt;
# This telephone is terrible. I _______ (not) hear you at all.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the car drove into the lake, one of the passengers _______ (not) open the door and had to be rescued.&lt;br /&gt;
# Despite the arrival of the storm, they _______ finish the football match.&lt;br /&gt;
# When I was very young, I used to _______ touch my toes, but I can't now!!&lt;br /&gt;
# The house was totally empty all day yesterday and I _______ finish that book I was reading.&lt;br /&gt;
# My mother tells me that her grandfather was one of the best musicians of his time in the city and _______ play the piano like a professional.&lt;br /&gt;
# I hope to _______ speak English very well after this course finishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:'''swim in the sea this morning / she - past'''&lt;br /&gt;
: She was able to swim in the sea this morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# cook for 10 people / The chef - present&lt;br /&gt;
# train more than twenty kids / The coach - future&lt;br /&gt;
# repare the problems / The mechanic - future&lt;br /&gt;
# speak four languages / The manager - past&lt;br /&gt;
# run 1 kilometer in less than 3 minutes / The athlete - present&lt;br /&gt;
# serve 8 tables / The waiter - future&lt;br /&gt;
# read the text out loud / The student - present&lt;br /&gt;
# spend some time with his kids / James - future&lt;br /&gt;
# take a long trip around the world / Catarina - past&lt;br /&gt;
# give comands to the dog / Kimmy - present&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Communication===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Letter&lt;br /&gt;
* Return address&lt;br /&gt;
* Address &lt;br /&gt;
* Stamp&lt;br /&gt;
* Postmark&lt;br /&gt;
* Postcard&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailman&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailbox&lt;br /&gt;
* Newspaper&lt;br /&gt;
* Reporter&lt;br /&gt;
* Magazine&lt;br /&gt;
* Package&lt;br /&gt;
* Box&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Ring&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone jack&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone&lt;br /&gt;
* Walkie-talkie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/communication/ Communication]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!ask someone a question&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fazer uma pergunta a alguém&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He wants to ask the teacher a question.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele quer fazer uma pergunta para o(a) professor(a).&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#He wants to ask her a question,.&lt;br /&gt;
#The police is asking the suspect questions about last night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into English: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Mariana queria fazer uma pergunta sobre matemática para o professor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Posso te fazer uma pergunta?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make two sentenes using the phrasal verb '''ask someone a question''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Try to list some means of communication that you know of.&lt;br /&gt;
# Which one of those do you use more?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you think newspapers will get to be obsolete one day? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Is the mailman profession also in risk? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you remember when was the last time ou received a letter?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you send/receive many packages?&lt;br /&gt;
# Did you have a stamp collection when you were a child?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are smartphones responsible for all of this changes in communication? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s the best way to communicate in your point of view? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# How will communication be in the future?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Bites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the pictures below and write two sentences using the preposition off:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buzz off!.jpg|500px|Buzz off!]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship.jpg|500px|US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Choose the correct form of 'can' or 'to be able to' to complete the sentences below.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Tom _______ (buy) a new house last month. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (they/play) tennis well? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (not/understand) the question yesterday. &lt;br /&gt;
# When _______ (you/come) tomorrow? &lt;br /&gt;
# Unfortunately, they _______ (get) the bread this morning. &lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ (not / play) golf last Thursday. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (you / speak) Japanese? &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (he / come) to the party next weekend. &lt;br /&gt;
# They _______ (get) tickets to the Rolling Stones concert last week. &lt;br /&gt;
# How _______ (you / convince) him to come to the exhibition last week? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (enjoy) the concert because of the noise outside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''We can serve everybody at 4pm./ before the game / after the presentation'''&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody before the game.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody after the presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The mailman wasn't able to deliver the letters. / package / to my friend&lt;br /&gt;
#We are waiting for the reporter / postcard / my grandma&lt;br /&gt;
#They can use the cellphone to communicate / walkie-talkie / during the trip&lt;br /&gt;
#Today´s newspaper wasn't in my mailbox / magazine / article&lt;br /&gt;
#My cousin has a box full of stamps / postcards / magazines&lt;br /&gt;
#The secretary wasn't able write the address / return address / on the package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Continue the story using the words below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: When I was a kid I remember when the mailman passed from house to house delivering all the mails sent by the people. Nowadays this is not so common because of the technology, but one thing that technology won't change is....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# and&lt;br /&gt;
# package&lt;br /&gt;
# magazines&lt;br /&gt;
# or&lt;br /&gt;
# envelope&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# They can go in the morning if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
# When is she going to be able to finish it?&lt;br /&gt;
# Kate will be arriving tomorrow night.&lt;br /&gt;
# The cook was paying attention to the oven.&lt;br /&gt;
# What can we do tonight?&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't worry, they will do the dishes right after lunch!&lt;br /&gt;
# Is she going to be able to do it herself?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Give a comment for each sentence using can or be able to:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''She doesn't have any new idea for the project.'''&lt;br /&gt;
*She can read some books to open her mind.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The kids aren't happy with this game they are playing.&lt;br /&gt;
# The man was very confused on which tool to use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go on motorcycles trail is easy for them.&lt;br /&gt;
# He wants to paint something different this time.&lt;br /&gt;
# That girl is very talkative &lt;br /&gt;
# She isn't here yet and it's already 5 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
# This car is very expensive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/46|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6737</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/45</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6737"/>
		<updated>2014-06-09T11:57:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Phrasal Verb */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado para afirmar que algo é possível de ser feito ou permitido. Também significa que alguém tem a habilidade para fazer algo.&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado seguido de infinitivo &lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He can go to the party&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele pode ir à festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*Can you come to my house today?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você pode vir à minha casa hoje?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
::Can't é a forma negativa (can not), significa que algo não é possível de ser feito ou alguém não é capaz de realizar algo.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*I can't go to the mall tonight&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu não posso ir ao shopping hoje a noite.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can`t travel before your surgery.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você não pode viajar antes da sua cirurgia.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Put the correct form of either &amp;quot;can&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; for each sentence:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# My brother _______ cook very well. He is a chef in a French restaurant.&lt;br /&gt;
# When he was only 2, my friend Lee _______ speak quite well.&lt;br /&gt;
# I have to go to a business dinner tomorrow night so I _______ (not) come to the party. I'm very sorry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kevin lived in Italy for six years, so he must _______ speak Italian quite well. He will help you with your homework.&lt;br /&gt;
# This telephone is terrible. I _______ (not) hear you at all.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the car drove into the lake, one of the passengers _______ (not) open the door and had to be rescued.&lt;br /&gt;
# Despite the arrival of the storm, they _______ finish the football match.&lt;br /&gt;
# When I was very young, I used to _______ touch my toes, but I can't now!!&lt;br /&gt;
# The house was totally empty all day yesterday and I _______ finish that book I was reading.&lt;br /&gt;
# My mother tells me that her grandfather was one of the best musicians of his time in the city and _______ play the piano like a professional.&lt;br /&gt;
# I hope to _______ speak English very well after this course finishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:'''swim in the sea this morning / she - past'''&lt;br /&gt;
: She was able to swim in the sea this morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# cook for 10 people / The chef - present&lt;br /&gt;
# train more than twenty kids / The coach - future&lt;br /&gt;
# repare the problems / The mechanic - future&lt;br /&gt;
# speak four languages / The manager - past&lt;br /&gt;
# run 1 kilometer in less than 3 minutes / The athlete - present&lt;br /&gt;
# serve 8 tables / The waiter - future&lt;br /&gt;
# read the text out loud / The student - present&lt;br /&gt;
# spend some time with his kids / James - future&lt;br /&gt;
# take a long trip around the world / Catarina - past&lt;br /&gt;
# give comands to the dog / Kimmy - present&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Communication===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Letter&lt;br /&gt;
* Return address&lt;br /&gt;
* Address &lt;br /&gt;
* Stamp&lt;br /&gt;
* Postmark&lt;br /&gt;
* Postcard&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailman&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailbox&lt;br /&gt;
* Newspaper&lt;br /&gt;
* Reporter&lt;br /&gt;
* Magazine&lt;br /&gt;
* Package&lt;br /&gt;
* Box&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Ring&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone jack&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone&lt;br /&gt;
* Walkie-talkie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/communication/ Communication]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!ask someone a question&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fazer uma pergunta a alguém&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He wants to ask the teacher a question.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele quer fazer uma pergunta para o(a) professor(a).&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#He wants to ask her a question,.&lt;br /&gt;
#The police is asking the suspect questions about last night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into English: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Mariana queria fazer uma pergunta sobre matemática para o professor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Posso te fazer uma pergunta?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make two sentenes using the phrasal verb '''ask someone a question''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Try to list some means of communication that you know of.&lt;br /&gt;
# Which one of those do you use more?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you think newspapers will get to be obsolete one day? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Is the mailman profession also in risk? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you remember when was the last time ou received a letter?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you send/receive many packages?&lt;br /&gt;
# Did you have a stamp collection when you were a child?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are smartphones responsible for all of this changes in communication? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s the best way to communicate in your point of view? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# How will communication be in the future?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Bites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the pictures below and write two sentences using the preposition off:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buzz off!.jpg|500px|Buzz off!]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship.jpg|500px|US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Choose the correct form of 'can' or 'to be able to' to complete the sentences below.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Tom _______ (buy) a new house last month. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (they/play) tennis well? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (not/understand) the question yesterday. &lt;br /&gt;
# When _______ (you/come) tomorrow? &lt;br /&gt;
# Unfortunately, they _______ (get) the bread this morning. &lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ (not / play) golf last Thursday. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (you / speak) Japanese? &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (he / come) to the party next weekend. &lt;br /&gt;
# They _______ (get) tickets to the Rolling Stones concert last week. &lt;br /&gt;
# How _______ (you / convince) him to come to the exhibition last week? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (enjoy) the concert because of the noise outside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''We can serve everybody at 4pm./ before the game / after the presentation'''&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody before the game.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody after the presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The mailman wasn't able to deliver the letters. / package / to my friend&lt;br /&gt;
#We are waiting for the reporter / postcard / my grandma&lt;br /&gt;
#They can use the cellphone to communicate / walkie-talkie / during the trip&lt;br /&gt;
#Today´s newspaper wasn't in my mailbox / magazine / article&lt;br /&gt;
#My cousin has a box full of stamps / postcards / magazines&lt;br /&gt;
#The secretary wasn't able write the address / return address / on the package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Continue the story using the words below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: When I was a kid I remember when the mailman passed from house to house delivering all the mails sent by the people. Nowadays this is not so common because of the technology, but one thing that technology won't change is....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# and&lt;br /&gt;
# package&lt;br /&gt;
# magazines&lt;br /&gt;
# or&lt;br /&gt;
# envelope&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# They can go in the morning if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
# When is she going to be able to finish it?&lt;br /&gt;
# Kate will be arriving tomorrow night.&lt;br /&gt;
# The cook was paying attention to the oven.&lt;br /&gt;
# What can we do tonight?&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't worry, they will do the dishes right after lunch!&lt;br /&gt;
# Is she going to be able to do it herself?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Give a comment for each sentence using can or be able to:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''She doesn't have any new idea for the project.'''&lt;br /&gt;
*She can read some books to open her mind.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The kids aren't happy with this game they are playing.&lt;br /&gt;
# The man was very confused on which tool to use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go on motorcycles trail is easy for them.&lt;br /&gt;
# He wants to paint something different this time.&lt;br /&gt;
# That girl is very talkative &lt;br /&gt;
# She isn't here yet and it's already 5 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
# This car is very expensive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/46|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6736</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/45</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6736"/>
		<updated>2014-06-09T11:38:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Grammar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado para afirmar que algo é possível de ser feito ou permitido. Também significa que alguém tem a habilidade para fazer algo.&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado seguido de infinitivo &lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He can go to the party&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele pode ir à festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*Can you come to my house today?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você pode vir à minha casa hoje?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
::Can't é a forma negativa (can not), significa que algo não é possível de ser feito ou alguém não é capaz de realizar algo.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*I can't go to the mall tonight&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu não posso ir ao shopping hoje a noite.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can`t travel before your surgery.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você não pode viajar antes da sua cirurgia.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Put the correct form of either &amp;quot;can&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; for each sentence:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# My brother _______ cook very well. He is a chef in a French restaurant.&lt;br /&gt;
# When he was only 2, my friend Lee _______ speak quite well.&lt;br /&gt;
# I have to go to a business dinner tomorrow night so I _______ (not) come to the party. I'm very sorry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kevin lived in Italy for six years, so he must _______ speak Italian quite well. He will help you with your homework.&lt;br /&gt;
# This telephone is terrible. I _______ (not) hear you at all.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the car drove into the lake, one of the passengers _______ (not) open the door and had to be rescued.&lt;br /&gt;
# Despite the arrival of the storm, they _______ finish the football match.&lt;br /&gt;
# When I was very young, I used to _______ touch my toes, but I can't now!!&lt;br /&gt;
# The house was totally empty all day yesterday and I _______ finish that book I was reading.&lt;br /&gt;
# My mother tells me that her grandfather was one of the best musicians of his time in the city and _______ play the piano like a professional.&lt;br /&gt;
# I hope to _______ speak English very well after this course finishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:'''swim in the sea this morning / she - past'''&lt;br /&gt;
: She was able to swim in the sea this morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# cook for 10 people / The chef - present&lt;br /&gt;
# train more than twenty kids / The coach - future&lt;br /&gt;
# repare the problems / The mechanic - future&lt;br /&gt;
# speak four languages / The manager - past&lt;br /&gt;
# run 1 kilometer in less than 3 minutes / The athlete - present&lt;br /&gt;
# serve 8 tables / The waiter - future&lt;br /&gt;
# read the text out loud / The student - present&lt;br /&gt;
# spend some time with his kids / James - future&lt;br /&gt;
# take a long trip around the world / Catarina - past&lt;br /&gt;
# give comands to the dog / Kimmy - present&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Communication===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Letter&lt;br /&gt;
* Return address&lt;br /&gt;
* Address &lt;br /&gt;
* Stamp&lt;br /&gt;
* Postmark&lt;br /&gt;
* Postcard&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailman&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailbox&lt;br /&gt;
* Newspaper&lt;br /&gt;
* Reporter&lt;br /&gt;
* Magazine&lt;br /&gt;
* Package&lt;br /&gt;
* Box&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Ring&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone jack&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone&lt;br /&gt;
* Walkie-talkie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/communication/ Communication]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!ask someone a question&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fazer uma pergunta a alguém&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He wants to ask the teacher a question.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele quer fazer uma pergunta para o(a) professor(a).&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into English: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make two sentenes using the phrasal verb '''ask someone a question''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Try to list some means of communication that you know of.&lt;br /&gt;
# Which one of those do you use more?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you think newspapers will get to be obsolete one day? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Is the mailman profession also in risk? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you remember when was the last time ou received a letter?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you send/receive many packages?&lt;br /&gt;
# Did you have a stamp collection when you were a child?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are smartphones responsible for all of this changes in communication? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s the best way to communicate in your point of view? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# How will communication be in the future?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Bites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the pictures below and write two sentences using the preposition off:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buzz off!.jpg|500px|Buzz off!]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship.jpg|500px|US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Choose the correct form of 'can' or 'to be able to' to complete the sentences below.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Tom _______ (buy) a new house last month. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (they/play) tennis well? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (not/understand) the question yesterday. &lt;br /&gt;
# When _______ (you/come) tomorrow? &lt;br /&gt;
# Unfortunately, they _______ (get) the bread this morning. &lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ (not / play) golf last Thursday. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (you / speak) Japanese? &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (he / come) to the party next weekend. &lt;br /&gt;
# They _______ (get) tickets to the Rolling Stones concert last week. &lt;br /&gt;
# How _______ (you / convince) him to come to the exhibition last week? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (enjoy) the concert because of the noise outside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''We can serve everybody at 4pm./ before the game / after the presentation'''&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody before the game.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody after the presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The mailman wasn't able to deliver the letters. / package / to my friend&lt;br /&gt;
#We are waiting for the reporter / postcard / my grandma&lt;br /&gt;
#They can use the cellphone to communicate / walkie-talkie / during the trip&lt;br /&gt;
#Today´s newspaper wasn't in my mailbox / magazine / article&lt;br /&gt;
#My cousin has a box full of stamps / postcards / magazines&lt;br /&gt;
#The secretary wasn't able write the address / return address / on the package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Continue the story using the words below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: When I was a kid I remember when the mailman passed from house to house delivering all the mails sent by the people. Nowadays this is not so common because of the technology, but one thing that technology won't change is....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# and&lt;br /&gt;
# package&lt;br /&gt;
# magazines&lt;br /&gt;
# or&lt;br /&gt;
# envelope&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# They can go in the morning if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
# When is she going to be able to finish it?&lt;br /&gt;
# Kate will be arriving tomorrow night.&lt;br /&gt;
# The cook was paying attention to the oven.&lt;br /&gt;
# What can we do tonight?&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't worry, they will do the dishes right after lunch!&lt;br /&gt;
# Is she going to be able to do it herself?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Give a comment for each sentence using can or be able to:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''She doesn't have any new idea for the project.'''&lt;br /&gt;
*She can read some books to open her mind.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The kids aren't happy with this game they are playing.&lt;br /&gt;
# The man was very confused on which tool to use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go on motorcycles trail is easy for them.&lt;br /&gt;
# He wants to paint something different this time.&lt;br /&gt;
# That girl is very talkative &lt;br /&gt;
# She isn't here yet and it's already 5 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
# This car is very expensive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/46|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6735</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/45</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6735"/>
		<updated>2014-06-09T11:36:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Grammar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado para afirmar que algo é possível de ser feito ou permitido. Também significa que alguém tem a habilidade para fazer algo.&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado seguido de infinitivo &lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He can go to the party&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele pode ir à festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*Can you come to my house today?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você pode vir à minha casa hoje?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
::Can`t é a forma negativa (can not), significa que algo não é possível de ser feito ou alguém não é capaz de realizar algo.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*I can't go to the mall tonight&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu não posso ir ao shopping hoje a noite.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can`t travel before your surgery.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você não pode viajar antes da sua cirurgia.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Could é a forma no passado mas também é utilizado para fazer pedidos &lt;br /&gt;
::Couldn't (Could + not) é a forma negativa no passado&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*I could be your partner&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu pude/poderia ser seu parceiro.&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you do that for me?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você poderia fazer isso para mim?&lt;br /&gt;
*He couldn`t finish his homework&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele não conseguiu terminar seu dever de casa&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Put the correct form of either &amp;quot;can&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; for each sentence:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# My brother _______ cook very well. He is a chef in a French restaurant.&lt;br /&gt;
# When he was only 2, my friend Lee _______ speak quite well.&lt;br /&gt;
# I have to go to a business dinner tomorrow night so I _______ (not) come to the party. I'm very sorry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kevin lived in Italy for six years, so he must _______ speak Italian quite well. He will help you with your homework.&lt;br /&gt;
# This telephone is terrible. I _______ (not) hear you at all.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the car drove into the lake, one of the passengers _______ (not) open the door and had to be rescued.&lt;br /&gt;
# Despite the arrival of the storm, they _______ finish the football match.&lt;br /&gt;
# When I was very young, I used to _______ touch my toes, but I can't now!!&lt;br /&gt;
# The house was totally empty all day yesterday and I _______ finish that book I was reading.&lt;br /&gt;
# My mother tells me that her grandfather was one of the best musicians of his time in the city and _______ play the piano like a professional.&lt;br /&gt;
# I hope to _______ speak English very well after this course finishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:'''swim in the sea this morning / she - past'''&lt;br /&gt;
: She was able to swim in the sea this morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# cook for 10 people / The chef - present&lt;br /&gt;
# train more than twenty kids / The coach - future&lt;br /&gt;
# repare the problems / The mechanic - future&lt;br /&gt;
# speak four languages / The manager - past&lt;br /&gt;
# run 1 kilometer in less than 3 minutes / The athlete - present&lt;br /&gt;
# serve 8 tables / The waiter - future&lt;br /&gt;
# read the text out loud / The student - present&lt;br /&gt;
# spend some time with his kids / James - future&lt;br /&gt;
# take a long trip around the world / Catarina - past&lt;br /&gt;
# give comands to the dog / Kimmy - present&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Communication===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Letter&lt;br /&gt;
* Return address&lt;br /&gt;
* Address &lt;br /&gt;
* Stamp&lt;br /&gt;
* Postmark&lt;br /&gt;
* Postcard&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailman&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailbox&lt;br /&gt;
* Newspaper&lt;br /&gt;
* Reporter&lt;br /&gt;
* Magazine&lt;br /&gt;
* Package&lt;br /&gt;
* Box&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Ring&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone jack&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone&lt;br /&gt;
* Walkie-talkie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/communication/ Communication]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!ask someone a question&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fazer uma pergunta a alguém&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He wants to ask the teacher a question.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele quer fazer uma pergunta para o(a) professor(a).&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into English: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make two sentenes using the phrasal verb '''ask someone a question''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Try to list some means of communication that you know of.&lt;br /&gt;
# Which one of those do you use more?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you think newspapers will get to be obsolete one day? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Is the mailman profession also in risk? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you remember when was the last time ou received a letter?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you send/receive many packages?&lt;br /&gt;
# Did you have a stamp collection when you were a child?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are smartphones responsible for all of this changes in communication? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s the best way to communicate in your point of view? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# How will communication be in the future?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Bites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the pictures below and write two sentences using the preposition off:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buzz off!.jpg|500px|Buzz off!]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship.jpg|500px|US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Choose the correct form of 'can' or 'to be able to' to complete the sentences below.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Tom _______ (buy) a new house last month. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (they/play) tennis well? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (not/understand) the question yesterday. &lt;br /&gt;
# When _______ (you/come) tomorrow? &lt;br /&gt;
# Unfortunately, they _______ (get) the bread this morning. &lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ (not / play) golf last Thursday. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (you / speak) Japanese? &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (he / come) to the party next weekend. &lt;br /&gt;
# They _______ (get) tickets to the Rolling Stones concert last week. &lt;br /&gt;
# How _______ (you / convince) him to come to the exhibition last week? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (enjoy) the concert because of the noise outside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''We can serve everybody at 4pm./ before the game / after the presentation'''&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody before the game.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody after the presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The mailman wasn't able to deliver the letters. / package / to my friend&lt;br /&gt;
#We are waiting for the reporter / postcard / my grandma&lt;br /&gt;
#They can use the cellphone to communicate / walkie-talkie / during the trip&lt;br /&gt;
#Today´s newspaper wasn't in my mailbox / magazine / article&lt;br /&gt;
#My cousin has a box full of stamps / postcards / magazines&lt;br /&gt;
#The secretary wasn't able write the address / return address / on the package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Continue the story using the words below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: When I was a kid I remember when the mailman passed from house to house delivering all the mails sent by the people. Nowadays this is not so common because of the technology, but one thing that technology won't change is....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# and&lt;br /&gt;
# package&lt;br /&gt;
# magazines&lt;br /&gt;
# or&lt;br /&gt;
# envelope&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# They can go in the morning if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
# When is she going to be able to finish it?&lt;br /&gt;
# Kate will be arriving tomorrow night.&lt;br /&gt;
# The cook was paying attention to the oven.&lt;br /&gt;
# What can we do tonight?&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't worry, they will do the dishes right after lunch!&lt;br /&gt;
# Is she going to be able to do it herself?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Give a comment for each sentence using can or be able to:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''She doesn't have any new idea for the project.'''&lt;br /&gt;
*She can read some books to open her mind.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The kids aren't happy with this game they are playing.&lt;br /&gt;
# The man was very confused on which tool to use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go on motorcycles trail is easy for them.&lt;br /&gt;
# He wants to paint something different this time.&lt;br /&gt;
# That girl is very talkative &lt;br /&gt;
# She isn't here yet and it's already 5 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
# This car is very expensive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/46|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6734</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/45</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/45&amp;diff=6734"/>
		<updated>2014-06-09T11:17:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado para afirmar que algo é possível de ser feito ou permitido. Também significa que alguém tem a habilidade para fazer algo.&lt;br /&gt;
::Can é usado seguido de infinitivo (He can go to the party/ Can you come to my house today?). &lt;br /&gt;
::Can`t é a forma negativa (can not), significa que algo não é possível de ser feito ou alguém não é capaz de realiar algo ( I can`t go to the mall tonight/ &lt;br /&gt;
::You can`t travel before your surgery). &lt;br /&gt;
::Could é a forma no passado. Também é utilizado para fazer pedidos (I could be your partner/Could you do that for me?).&lt;br /&gt;
::Couldn`t é a forma negativa no passado (He couldn`t finish his homework).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Put the correct form of either &amp;quot;can&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;be able to&amp;quot; for each sentence:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# My brother _______ cook very well. He is a chef in a French restaurant.&lt;br /&gt;
# When he was only 2, my friend Lee _______ speak quite well.&lt;br /&gt;
# I have to go to a business dinner tomorrow night so I _______ (not) come to the party. I'm very sorry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Kevin lived in Italy for six years, so he must _______ speak Italian quite well. He will help you with your homework.&lt;br /&gt;
# This telephone is terrible. I _______ (not) hear you at all.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the car drove into the lake, one of the passengers _______ (not) open the door and had to be rescued.&lt;br /&gt;
# Despite the arrival of the storm, they _______ finish the football match.&lt;br /&gt;
# When I was very young, I used to _______ touch my toes, but I can't now!!&lt;br /&gt;
# The house was totally empty all day yesterday and I _______ finish that book I was reading.&lt;br /&gt;
# My mother tells me that her grandfather was one of the best musicians of his time in the city and _______ play the piano like a professional.&lt;br /&gt;
# I hope to _______ speak English very well after this course finishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:'''swim in the sea this morning / she - past'''&lt;br /&gt;
: She was able to swim in the sea this morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# cook for 10 people / The chef - present&lt;br /&gt;
# train more than twenty kids / The coach - future&lt;br /&gt;
# repare the problems / The mechanic - future&lt;br /&gt;
# speak four languages / The manager - past&lt;br /&gt;
# run 1 kilometer in less than 3 minutes / The athlete - present&lt;br /&gt;
# serve 8 tables / The waiter - future&lt;br /&gt;
# read the text out loud / The student - present&lt;br /&gt;
# spend some time with his kids / James - future&lt;br /&gt;
# take a long trip around the world / Catarina - past&lt;br /&gt;
# give comands to the dog / Kimmy - present&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Communication===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Letter&lt;br /&gt;
* Return address&lt;br /&gt;
* Address &lt;br /&gt;
* Stamp&lt;br /&gt;
* Postmark&lt;br /&gt;
* Postcard&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailman&lt;br /&gt;
* Mailbox&lt;br /&gt;
* Newspaper&lt;br /&gt;
* Reporter&lt;br /&gt;
* Magazine&lt;br /&gt;
* Package&lt;br /&gt;
* Box&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone&lt;br /&gt;
* Ring&lt;br /&gt;
* Telephone jack&lt;br /&gt;
* Cell phone&lt;br /&gt;
* Walkie-talkie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/communication/ Communication]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!ask someone a question&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fazer uma pergunta a alguém&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*He wants to ask the teacher a question.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele quer fazer uma pergunta para o(a) professor(a).&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate the sentences into English: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Make two sentenes using the phrasal verb '''ask someone a question''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Try to list some means of communication that you know of.&lt;br /&gt;
# Which one of those do you use more?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you think newspapers will get to be obsolete one day? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Is the mailman profession also in risk? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you remember when was the last time ou received a letter?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you send/receive many packages?&lt;br /&gt;
# Did you have a stamp collection when you were a child?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are smartphones responsible for all of this changes in communication? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s the best way to communicate in your point of view? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# How will communication be in the future?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Bites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the pictures below and write two sentences using the preposition off:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Buzz off!.jpg|500px|Buzz off!]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship.jpg|500px|US Navy 111130-N-YX169-130 A helicopter departs the ship]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Choose the correct form of 'can' or 'to be able to' to complete the sentences below.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Tom _______ (buy) a new house last month. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (they/play) tennis well? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (not/understand) the question yesterday. &lt;br /&gt;
# When _______ (you/come) tomorrow? &lt;br /&gt;
# Unfortunately, they _______ (get) the bread this morning. &lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ (not / play) golf last Thursday. &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (you / speak) Japanese? &lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (he / come) to the party next weekend. &lt;br /&gt;
# They _______ (get) tickets to the Rolling Stones concert last week. &lt;br /&gt;
# How _______ (you / convince) him to come to the exhibition last week? &lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ (enjoy) the concert because of the noise outside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''We can serve everybody at 4pm./ before the game / after the presentation'''&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody before the game.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can serve everybody after the presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The mailman wasn't able to deliver the letters. / package / to my friend&lt;br /&gt;
#We are waiting for the reporter / postcard / my grandma&lt;br /&gt;
#They can use the cellphone to communicate / walkie-talkie / during the trip&lt;br /&gt;
#Today´s newspaper wasn't in my mailbox / magazine / article&lt;br /&gt;
#My cousin has a box full of stamps / postcards / magazines&lt;br /&gt;
#The secretary wasn't able write the address / return address / on the package&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Continue the story using the words below:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: When I was a kid I remember when the mailman passed from house to house delivering all the mails sent by the people. Nowadays this is not so common because of the technology, but one thing that technology won't change is....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# and&lt;br /&gt;
# package&lt;br /&gt;
# magazines&lt;br /&gt;
# or&lt;br /&gt;
# envelope&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# They can go in the morning if you want.&lt;br /&gt;
# When is she going to be able to finish it?&lt;br /&gt;
# Kate will be arriving tomorrow night.&lt;br /&gt;
# The cook was paying attention to the oven.&lt;br /&gt;
# What can we do tonight?&lt;br /&gt;
# Don't worry, they will do the dishes right after lunch!&lt;br /&gt;
# Is she going to be able to do it herself?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Give a comment for each sentence using can or be able to:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''She doesn't have any new idea for the project.'''&lt;br /&gt;
*She can read some books to open her mind.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The kids aren't happy with this game they are playing.&lt;br /&gt;
# The man was very confused on which tool to use.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go on motorcycles trail is easy for them.&lt;br /&gt;
# He wants to paint something different this time.&lt;br /&gt;
# That girl is very talkative &lt;br /&gt;
# She isn't here yet and it's already 5 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
# This car is very expensive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/46|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/43&amp;diff=6694</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/43</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/43&amp;diff=6694"/>
		<updated>2014-05-30T12:50:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* 5. Answer the questions according to the reading: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Future Continuous'''&lt;br /&gt;
Em inglês utilizamos o Future Continuous para expressar que alguma ação estará ocorrendo em um tempo futuro.&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode utilizar esse tempo verbal de duas formas:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;will be + verb+ ING&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;to be going to be+ verb + ING.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diferentemente do Simple Future você pode utilizar tanto o Will be quanto o be going to be sem alterar em nada o sentido da frase.&lt;br /&gt;
Eles são apenas duas formas diferentes de transmitir a mesma ideia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vejamos alguns exemplos:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Carla will be sleeping.&lt;br /&gt;
**Carla estará dormindo.&lt;br /&gt;
*Alexander is going to be waiting for you at the airport.&lt;br /&gt;
**Alexander estará esperando por você.&lt;br /&gt;
*We will be dancing  when you arrive at the party.&lt;br /&gt;
**Nós estaremos dançando quando você chegar na festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*They are going to be staying at my house.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eles estarão hospedados na minha casa.&lt;br /&gt;
*Will you be eating at 8:00 o'clock?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você estará comendo as 8:00?&lt;br /&gt;
*Are you going to be playing when we arrive?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você estará tocando quando chegarmos?&lt;br /&gt;
*I won't be harvesting tomatoes this year.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu não estarei colhendo tomates esse ano.&lt;br /&gt;
*My wife isn't going to be telling jokes.&lt;br /&gt;
**Minha esposa não estará contando piadas.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Put the sentences into the negative form:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#I will be studying at 5 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
#You will be living in Japan next year.&lt;br /&gt;
#We will be traveling by the end of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
#They will be watching TV after 9 p.m.&lt;br /&gt;
#Tomorrow at this time, he will be working there.&lt;br /&gt;
#I will be moving to L.A. in may.&lt;br /&gt;
#They will be leaving when you arrive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Put the sentences into the interrogative form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#She will be arriving at 4 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
#We will be having a walk at noon.&lt;br /&gt;
#You will be talking to him at 9 o'clock tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
#He will be waiting for you at the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Tom and I will be talking to you in an hour.&lt;br /&gt;
#I will be flying over the Pacific tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
#She will be having dinner at 8 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Complete the blanks with the Future Continuous tense:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Next month I _______ (fly) to Italy.&lt;br /&gt;
#When you arrive, she _______ (cook) lunch.&lt;br /&gt;
#When we get there, they _______ (prepare) our sandwiches.&lt;br /&gt;
#We _______ (come) back from school by 5 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you come late, I _______. (sleep)&lt;br /&gt;
#He _______ (paint) the back door tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
#I _______ (build) the doghouse this weekend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{youtube|iPVvOpzzU_s}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| back || trap&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| stamp || lap  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| hat || scrap &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fat || natural &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  lack || bat  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vocabulary=&lt;br /&gt;
* To tell - told&lt;br /&gt;
* To see - saw&lt;br /&gt;
* To know - knew&lt;br /&gt;
* To hold - held&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* King&lt;br /&gt;
* Scepter&lt;br /&gt;
* Crown&lt;br /&gt;
* Throne&lt;br /&gt;
* Queen&lt;br /&gt;
* Prince&lt;br /&gt;
* Princess&lt;br /&gt;
* Noble&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasant&lt;br /&gt;
* Castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Drawbridge&lt;br /&gt;
* Moat&lt;br /&gt;
* Flag&lt;br /&gt;
* Flag pole&lt;br /&gt;
* Knight&lt;br /&gt;
* Visor&lt;br /&gt;
* Hilt&lt;br /&gt;
* Sword&lt;br /&gt;
* Shield&lt;br /&gt;
* Squire, page&lt;br /&gt;
* Armor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lance&lt;br /&gt;
* Halberd&lt;br /&gt;
* Executioner&lt;br /&gt;
* Stockade&lt;br /&gt;
* Gallow&lt;br /&gt;
* Noose&lt;br /&gt;
* Pirate&lt;br /&gt;
* Caveman&lt;br /&gt;
* Club&lt;br /&gt;
* Bow&lt;br /&gt;
* Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
* Quiver&lt;br /&gt;
* Spear&lt;br /&gt;
* Slingshot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/history/ History]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercises ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1) Look at the photos and answer the questions, the teacher may ask you to write down your answers or to answer orally: ====&lt;br /&gt;
::[[File:Tewkesbury Medieval Festival 2009 - Fight.jpg|500px|Tewkesbury Medieval Festival 2009 - Fight]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#What are they holding?&lt;br /&gt;
#What are they wearing&lt;br /&gt;
#Describe the whole picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2) Look at the photo below and create a short text inspired by the picture.====&lt;br /&gt;
::[[File:Trakošćan 2007.JPG|500px|Trakošćan 2007]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! ask for trouble / ask for it&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=2 | procurar confusão, provocar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*You are only asking for trouble by going there.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você só está tentando arrumar encrenca indo lá.&lt;br /&gt;
*A: Why did you hit him? B: He was asking for it.&lt;br /&gt;
**A: Por que você bateu nele? B: Ele estava me provocando.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: 1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# She's asking for trouble in the middle of the crowd.&lt;br /&gt;
# He asked for it after that reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Translate the sentences into English:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Os jogadores saíram de campo porque a torcida provocou.&lt;br /&gt;
# Os garotos estão arrumando confusão na escola.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. Make to sentenes using the phrasal verb '''ask for trouble / ask for it''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to know about old history?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s so curious about world history?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you know any castle? If so, which one?&lt;br /&gt;
# What city, that ou know, do you consider to be the most historical? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to visit historical places?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are there any historical places where you live? Which one(s)?&lt;br /&gt;
# If you could go back on time, which personality would like to be in the old world history? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is/was the role of a king?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would you like to live in those moments?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would like to live in a kingdom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Bites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
up/down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the pictures below and write two sentences using the preposition '''up''' and two sentences with the preposition '''down''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:U.S. Army Lt. Col. George Conwill, assessments chief with the 36th Infantry Division, Texas Army National Guard, wears a black jump suit as he skydives in a formation with teammates over Ecuador 081206-A-WO441-243.jpg|500px|U.S. Army Lt. Col. George Conwill, assessments chief with the 36th Infantry Division, Texas Army National Guard, wears a black jump suit as he skydives in a formation with teammates over Ecuador 081206-A-WO441-243]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Olympic stadium downstairs to booths.jpg|500px|Olympic stadium downstairs to booths]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Rewrite the activities you will be doing next week:====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''What will you be doing next Friday?'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''go to the beach'''&lt;br /&gt;
*''I will be going to the beach.''&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:a. What will she be doing next month?&lt;br /&gt;
: visit her relatives&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:b. What will they be doing next winter?&lt;br /&gt;
: travel to Chile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:c. What will your father be doing next holiday?&lt;br /&gt;
: stay home with his family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:d. What will your teacher will be doing next week?&lt;br /&gt;
: correct the tests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:e. What will your friend be doing after class?&lt;br /&gt;
: prepare a snack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:f. What will the athlete be doing for the olympic games?&lt;br /&gt;
: practice for the games.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:g. What will the tourist be doing in Europe?&lt;br /&gt;
: visit the museums.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*That king will be a peasant. / prince / won't&lt;br /&gt;
*That prince will be a peasant.&lt;br /&gt;
*That prince won't be a peasant.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# They need to fix the flag of that castle. / flagpole / drawbridge&lt;br /&gt;
# The knight might be seriously hurt after the war. / pirate / peasant&lt;br /&gt;
# They have to fix their shields. / sword / armor&lt;br /&gt;
# His armor is very damaged. / heavy / visor&lt;br /&gt;
# The king couldn't talk to the queen. / noble / could&lt;br /&gt;
# The caveman is getting his club. / hunting his lunch / lost in the jungle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Could the king stay out of the castle? / queen / throne&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Vocabulary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Name two famous kings - &lt;br /&gt;
# Name two movies about knights - &lt;br /&gt;
# Name three famous princess in the world history - &lt;br /&gt;
# Name four arms used in old battles - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# They will open the drawbridge.&lt;br /&gt;
# The pirates are planning to attack their enemies.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nobody can sit on that throne, it´s just for the king!&lt;br /&gt;
# That lost crown might be from the queen.&lt;br /&gt;
# The knight didn't take care of his shield.&lt;br /&gt;
# His armor was totally damaged after the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Flags are reference of a castle.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Answer the questions according to the reading:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The castle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Once upon a time there was a Castle, the town loved their kingdom but they didn't know that the queen and the king were fighting for power, the queen wanted the throne to her because the king wanted to raise the taxes and the queen wasn't agreeing with this, one day she sent the princess to tell the peasants all about the king's plan, the people gathered to discuss about it and decided to attack the castle, they broke the drawbridge and they talked to all the squires and knights to lend them their swords and spears to use against the King, when the night came they all gathered at the town's square and headed to the castle, the king tried to raise the bridge but it was broken, he tried to gather the guards and knights in the front of the castle but they were on the people and queen's side, the king saw that he had no way out so he surrended and gave the throne to the queen, since that day the kingdom turned into a queendom and everybody was happy ever after.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/43&amp;diff=6693</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/43</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/43&amp;diff=6693"/>
		<updated>2014-05-30T12:46:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* 5. Answer the questions according to the reading: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Future Continuous'''&lt;br /&gt;
Em inglês utilizamos o Future Continuous para expressar que alguma ação estará ocorrendo em um tempo futuro.&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode utilizar esse tempo verbal de duas formas:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;will be + verb+ ING&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;to be going to be+ verb + ING.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diferentemente do Simple Future você pode utilizar tanto o Will be quanto o be going to be sem alterar em nada o sentido da frase.&lt;br /&gt;
Eles são apenas duas formas diferentes de transmitir a mesma ideia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vejamos alguns exemplos:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Carla will be sleeping.&lt;br /&gt;
**Carla estará dormindo.&lt;br /&gt;
*Alexander is going to be waiting for you at the airport.&lt;br /&gt;
**Alexander estará esperando por você.&lt;br /&gt;
*We will be dancing  when you arrive at the party.&lt;br /&gt;
**Nós estaremos dançando quando você chegar na festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*They are going to be staying at my house.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eles estarão hospedados na minha casa.&lt;br /&gt;
*Will you be eating at 8:00 o'clock?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você estará comendo as 8:00?&lt;br /&gt;
*Are you going to be playing when we arrive?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você estará tocando quando chegarmos?&lt;br /&gt;
*I won't be harvesting tomatoes this year.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu não estarei colhendo tomates esse ano.&lt;br /&gt;
*My wife isn't going to be telling jokes.&lt;br /&gt;
**Minha esposa não estará contando piadas.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Put the sentences into the negative form:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#I will be studying at 5 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
#You will be living in Japan next year.&lt;br /&gt;
#We will be traveling by the end of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
#They will be watching TV after 9 p.m.&lt;br /&gt;
#Tomorrow at this time, he will be working there.&lt;br /&gt;
#I will be moving to L.A. in may.&lt;br /&gt;
#They will be leaving when you arrive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Put the sentences into the interrogative form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#She will be arriving at 4 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
#We will be having a walk at noon.&lt;br /&gt;
#You will be talking to him at 9 o'clock tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
#He will be waiting for you at the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Tom and I will be talking to you in an hour.&lt;br /&gt;
#I will be flying over the Pacific tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
#She will be having dinner at 8 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Complete the blanks with the Future Continuous tense:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Next month I _______ (fly) to Italy.&lt;br /&gt;
#When you arrive, she _______ (cook) lunch.&lt;br /&gt;
#When we get there, they _______ (prepare) our sandwiches.&lt;br /&gt;
#We _______ (come) back from school by 5 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you come late, I _______. (sleep)&lt;br /&gt;
#He _______ (paint) the back door tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
#I _______ (build) the doghouse this weekend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{youtube|iPVvOpzzU_s}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| back || trap&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| stamp || lap  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| hat || scrap &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fat || natural &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  lack || bat  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vocabulary=&lt;br /&gt;
* To tell - told&lt;br /&gt;
* To see - saw&lt;br /&gt;
* To know - knew&lt;br /&gt;
* To hold - held&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* King&lt;br /&gt;
* Scepter&lt;br /&gt;
* Crown&lt;br /&gt;
* Throne&lt;br /&gt;
* Queen&lt;br /&gt;
* Prince&lt;br /&gt;
* Princess&lt;br /&gt;
* Noble&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasant&lt;br /&gt;
* Castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Drawbridge&lt;br /&gt;
* Moat&lt;br /&gt;
* Flag&lt;br /&gt;
* Flag pole&lt;br /&gt;
* Knight&lt;br /&gt;
* Visor&lt;br /&gt;
* Hilt&lt;br /&gt;
* Sword&lt;br /&gt;
* Shield&lt;br /&gt;
* Squire, page&lt;br /&gt;
* Armor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lance&lt;br /&gt;
* Halberd&lt;br /&gt;
* Executioner&lt;br /&gt;
* Stockade&lt;br /&gt;
* Gallow&lt;br /&gt;
* Noose&lt;br /&gt;
* Pirate&lt;br /&gt;
* Caveman&lt;br /&gt;
* Club&lt;br /&gt;
* Bow&lt;br /&gt;
* Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
* Quiver&lt;br /&gt;
* Spear&lt;br /&gt;
* Slingshot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/history/ History]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercises ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1) Look at the photos and answer the questions, the teacher may ask you to write down your answers or to answer orally: ====&lt;br /&gt;
::[[File:Tewkesbury Medieval Festival 2009 - Fight.jpg|500px|Tewkesbury Medieval Festival 2009 - Fight]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#What are they holding?&lt;br /&gt;
#What are they wearing&lt;br /&gt;
#Describe the whole picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2) Look at the photo below and create a short text inspired by the picture.====&lt;br /&gt;
::[[File:Trakošćan 2007.JPG|500px|Trakošćan 2007]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! ask for trouble / ask for it&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=2 | procurar confusão, provocar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*You are only asking for trouble by going there.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você só está tentando arrumar encrenca indo lá.&lt;br /&gt;
*A: Why did you hit him? B: He was asking for it.&lt;br /&gt;
**A: Por que você bateu nele? B: Ele estava me provocando.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: 1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# She's asking for trouble in the middle of the crowd.&lt;br /&gt;
# He asked for it after that reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Translate the sentences into English:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Os jogadores saíram de campo porque a torcida provocou.&lt;br /&gt;
# Os garotos estão arrumando confusão na escola.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. Make to sentenes using the phrasal verb '''ask for trouble / ask for it''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to know about old history?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s so curious about world history?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you know any castle? If so, which one?&lt;br /&gt;
# What city, that ou know, do you consider to be the most historical? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to visit historical places?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are there any historical places where you live? Which one(s)?&lt;br /&gt;
# If you could go back on time, which personality would like to be in the old world history? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is/was the role of a king?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would you like to live in those moments?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would like to live in a kingdom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Bites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
up/down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the pictures below and write two sentences using the preposition '''up''' and two sentences with the preposition '''down''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:U.S. Army Lt. Col. George Conwill, assessments chief with the 36th Infantry Division, Texas Army National Guard, wears a black jump suit as he skydives in a formation with teammates over Ecuador 081206-A-WO441-243.jpg|500px|U.S. Army Lt. Col. George Conwill, assessments chief with the 36th Infantry Division, Texas Army National Guard, wears a black jump suit as he skydives in a formation with teammates over Ecuador 081206-A-WO441-243]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Olympic stadium downstairs to booths.jpg|500px|Olympic stadium downstairs to booths]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Rewrite the activities you will be doing next week:====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''What will you be doing next Friday?'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''go to the beach'''&lt;br /&gt;
*''I will be going to the beach.''&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:a. What will she be doing next month?&lt;br /&gt;
: visit her relatives&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:b. What will they be doing next winter?&lt;br /&gt;
: travel to Chile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:c. What will your father be doing next holiday?&lt;br /&gt;
: stay home with his family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:d. What will your teacher will be doing next week?&lt;br /&gt;
: correct the tests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:e. What will your friend be doing after class?&lt;br /&gt;
: prepare a snack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:f. What will the athlete be doing for the olympic games?&lt;br /&gt;
: practice for the games.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:g. What will the tourist be doing in Europe?&lt;br /&gt;
: visit the museums.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*That king will be a peasant. / prince / won't&lt;br /&gt;
*That prince will be a peasant.&lt;br /&gt;
*That prince won't be a peasant.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# They need to fix the flag of that castle. / flagpole / drawbridge&lt;br /&gt;
# The knight might be seriously hurt after the war. / pirate / peasant&lt;br /&gt;
# They have to fix their shields. / sword / armor&lt;br /&gt;
# His armor is very damaged. / heavy / visor&lt;br /&gt;
# The king couldn't talk to the queen. / noble / could&lt;br /&gt;
# The caveman is getting his club. / hunting his lunch / lost in the jungle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Could the king stay out of the castle? / queen / throne&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Vocabulary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Name two famous kings - &lt;br /&gt;
# Name two movies about knights - &lt;br /&gt;
# Name three famous princess in the world history - &lt;br /&gt;
# Name four arms used in old battles - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# They will open the drawbridge.&lt;br /&gt;
# The pirates are planning to attack their enemies.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nobody can sit on that throne, it´s just for the king!&lt;br /&gt;
# That lost crown might be from the queen.&lt;br /&gt;
# The knight didn't take care of his shield.&lt;br /&gt;
# His armor was totally damaged after the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Flags are reference of a castle.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Answer the questions according to the reading:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The castle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Once upon a time there was a Castle, the town loved their kingdom but they didn't know that the queen and the king were fighting for power, the queen wanted the throne to her because the king wanted to raise the taxes and the queen wasn't agreeing with this, one day she sent the princess to tell the peasants all about the king's plan, the people gathered to discuss about it and decided to attack the castle, they broke the drawbridge and they talked to all the squires and knights to lend them their swords and spears to use against the King, when the night came they all gathered at the town's square and headed to the castle, the king tryed to raise the bridge but it was broken, he tried to gather the guards and knights in the front of the castle but they were on the people and queen's side, the king saw that he had no way out so he surrended and gave the throne to the queen, since that day the kingdom turned into a queendom and everybody was happy ever after.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/44&amp;diff=6668</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/44</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/44&amp;diff=6668"/>
		<updated>2014-05-28T13:06:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Grammar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Used to'''&lt;br /&gt;
::Utilizamos used to quando queremos falar de algo que costumávamos fazer em um passado e que no presente não fazemos mais ou não fazemos da mesma forma.&lt;br /&gt;
A forma para utilizarmos é '''used to + verb'''&lt;br /&gt;
Por causa disso Used To é apenas usado no passado, portanto nas formas interrogativas e negativas utilizaremos o auxiliar '''did'''&lt;br /&gt;
Observe alguns exemplos:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*They used to go there.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eles costumavam ir lá.&lt;br /&gt;
*I used to be a good student.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu costumava ser um bom aluno.&lt;br /&gt;
*He didn't use to come here on sundays.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele não costumava vir aqui nos domingos. &lt;br /&gt;
*He didn´t use to play soccer.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ele não costumava jogar futebol.&lt;br /&gt;
*Did you use to go there?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você costumava ir lá?&lt;br /&gt;
*Did she use to have a computer?&lt;br /&gt;
**Ela costumava ter um computador?&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Complete the sentences with the affirmative, negative or interrogative form of used to and the words in brackets. Use contractions where possible.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''used to''' - '''didn't use to''' - '''didn't use to''' - '''Did they use to''' - '''used to''' - '''did you use to''' - '''didn't use to''' - '''used to'''&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# David Beckham _______ play for Manchester United.&lt;br /&gt;
# We _______ have a computer, but we do now.&lt;br /&gt;
# _______ (they) work together?&lt;br /&gt;
# That restaurant _______ be a clothes shop.&lt;br /&gt;
# She _______ like him, but now they're married.&lt;br /&gt;
# Where _______ (you) go to school?&lt;br /&gt;
# There _______ be a police station here.&lt;br /&gt;
# I _______ like vegetables, but I do now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Make an affirmative sentence, negative sentence or question using ‘used to':====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# I / live in a flat when I was a child. &lt;br /&gt;
#  We / go to the beach every summer? &lt;br /&gt;
# She / love eating chocolate, but now she hates it.&lt;br /&gt;
# He / not / smoke.&lt;br /&gt;
# I / play tennis when I was at school.&lt;br /&gt;
# She / be able to speak French, but she has forgotten it all.&lt;br /&gt;
# He / play golf every weekend?&lt;br /&gt;
# They both / have short hair.&lt;br /&gt;
# Julie / study Portuguese.&lt;br /&gt;
# I / not / hate school&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
* To Pretend - pretended&lt;br /&gt;
* To Kill - killed&lt;br /&gt;
* To Exist - existed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fantasy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Monster&lt;br /&gt;
* Ghost&lt;br /&gt;
* Witch&lt;br /&gt;
* Cackle&lt;br /&gt;
* Cauldron&lt;br /&gt;
* Witches´ brew&lt;br /&gt;
* Wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Wand&lt;br /&gt;
* Giant&lt;br /&gt;
* Dwarf&lt;br /&gt;
* Fairy&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf&lt;br /&gt;
* Werewolf&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermaid&lt;br /&gt;
* Mummy&lt;br /&gt;
* Moan&lt;br /&gt;
* Genie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/fantasy/ Fantasy]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!ask someone out&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| convidar para sair (geralmente romântico)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*She asked me out last night.&lt;br /&gt;
**Ela me convidou para sair ontem à noite.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: 1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# He asked me out so I expected him to pay for dinner.&lt;br /&gt;
# Why don't you ask Ana out to dinner?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Translate the sentences into English:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Kate me chamou para ir ao pub no centro.&lt;br /&gt;
# Minha vizinha me convidou para o show de sábado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. Make to sentenes using the phrasal verb '''ask someone out'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to read or watch fantasy stories/movies? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Which fantasy movie you watched that got your attention?&lt;br /&gt;
# Tell me a little about this movie.&lt;br /&gt;
# What is your favorite mystical creature?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is a dwarf/mmermaid/genie/monster?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s Harry Potter´s story about?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you know any good fairy tales?&lt;br /&gt;
# Who were the Grimm Brothers?&lt;br /&gt;
# How long does an elf live?&lt;br /&gt;
# If you could live in a fairy tale, in which one would you live and why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Bites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
over&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the picture below and write two sentences using the preposition over:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NightBar Erfurt.jpg|500px|NightBar Erfurt]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Rewrite the sentences uing '''used to''' with the action below and give a complement for the sentence. See the example:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
* '''eat in that restaurant'''&lt;br /&gt;
* I used to eat in that restaurant when I had more time.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# play soccer on Tuesdays night...&lt;br /&gt;
# read a book a month...&lt;br /&gt;
# go to the movies...&lt;br /&gt;
# listen to music...&lt;br /&gt;
# save more money...&lt;br /&gt;
# travel every semester...&lt;br /&gt;
# leave home early...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
* '''He used to play chess with his grandfather. / brothers / They'''&lt;br /&gt;
* He used to play chess with his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
* They used to play chess with their brother.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# They are afraid of ghosts / monster / That kid&lt;br /&gt;
# She knows that dwarf from her school. / work / neighborhood&lt;br /&gt;
# The wizard lost his wand / power / The giant&lt;br /&gt;
# They used to play fantasy games. / didn't / My little sister&lt;br /&gt;
# We can't put the genie back into the bottle. / magic lamp / They&lt;br /&gt;
# Her costume for the party was as an elf. / mermaid / mummy&lt;br /&gt;
# I don't like monsters because they are scary. / ugly / werewolf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Fairy Tale! Read the paragaph below and continue the story.====&lt;br /&gt;
:The Monster of the Lake&lt;br /&gt;
:Once upon a time, on a long, slow boat trip to Scotland, a little girl named Katty tossed her oatmeal overboard—again, and again, and again. She was a picky eater, and she didn't like oatmeal very much. &lt;br /&gt;
: Because of Katty's oatmeal, a very  small worm, who used to live inside of this lake, started to eat bowl after bowl of tossed oatmeal. It had never tasted anything as wonderful as oatmeal in its whole life, so...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# monster&lt;br /&gt;
# werewolf&lt;br /&gt;
# wizard&lt;br /&gt;
# wand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|toss}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|oatmeal}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|overboard}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|picky}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|least}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|worm}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|thread}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|alongside}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|liner}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|bound}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# I used to play as a monster when I was a kid. / dwarf / ghost&lt;br /&gt;
# We can see an elf in that movie / Lord of the Rings movie / dwarf&lt;br /&gt;
# Every little girl wants to be a mermaid / fairy / princess&lt;br /&gt;
# The genie asked me three wishes / My girlfriend / The teacher&lt;br /&gt;
# It's full of dragons, and big wizard battles. / magic / duel&lt;br /&gt;
# He saw some mummies in Egypt / on his last trip / The tourists&lt;br /&gt;
# Stories with witches are scary / interesting / and cauldron&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Complete the text with '''used to''' and after answer the questions:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kimmy _______ take dance classes when she was a little girl.  She took ballet lessons first, and later she learned how to tap dance and jazz dance.  Every time she had the opportunity, she _______ practice her dance steps.  When she started wearing ballet shoes, it took her some time to learn how to dance with them because her feet often hurt and it was a little difficult. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Kimmy is 20 and she is a professional dancer.  She wears ballet shoes as well as tap shoes and jazz shoes.  She started performing in small theaters, but now she performs in front of large audiences.  She _______ worry that it would be hard to make a living as a dancer and she is very happy that she is so successful. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most difficult thing about Kimmy's career is her schedule.  She has to practice long work hours during performances.  She often has to practice and perform for 10 hours per day.  Because of it, her boyfriend often misses her while she's working.  When he had more time, he _______ go to all of her performances, but now he usually just goes to one or two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# What did Kimmy use to do as a child?&lt;br /&gt;
# Which rhythms does she know how to dance?&lt;br /&gt;
# Did she like the ballet shoes at first? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What does Kimmy do for living nowadays?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s so hard for Kimmy in her career?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to dance? If so, what kind of music?&lt;br /&gt;
# Wold you like to be a professional dancer? Why/ Why not?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/45|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/43&amp;diff=6604</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/43</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/43&amp;diff=6604"/>
		<updated>2014-05-22T20:41:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Grammar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Future Continuous'''&lt;br /&gt;
Em inglês utilizamos o Future Continuous para expressar que alguma ação estará ocorrendo em um tempo futuro.&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode utilizar esse tempo verbal de duas formas:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;will be + verb+ ING&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;to be going to be+ verb + ING.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diferentemente do Simple Future você pode utilizar tanto o Will be quanto o be going to be sem alterar em nada o sentido da frase.&lt;br /&gt;
Eles são apenas duas formas diferentes de transmitir a mesma ideia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vejamos alguns exemplos:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Carla will be sleeping.&lt;br /&gt;
**Carla estará dormindo.&lt;br /&gt;
*Alexander is going to be waiting for you at the airport.&lt;br /&gt;
**Alexander estará esperando por você.&lt;br /&gt;
*We will be dancing  when you arrive at the party.&lt;br /&gt;
**Nós estaremos dançando quando você chegar na festa.&lt;br /&gt;
*They are going to be staying at my house.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eles estarão hospedados na minha casa.&lt;br /&gt;
*Will you be eating at 8:00 o'clock?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você estará comendo as 8:00?&lt;br /&gt;
*Are you going to be playing when we arrive?&lt;br /&gt;
**Você estará tocando quando chegarmos?&lt;br /&gt;
*I won't be harvesting tomatoes this year.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu não estarei colhendo tomates esse ano.&lt;br /&gt;
*My wife isn't going to be telling jokes.&lt;br /&gt;
**Minha esposa não estará contando piadas.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Put the sentences into the negative form:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#I will be studying at 5 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
#You will be living in Japan next year.&lt;br /&gt;
#We will be traveling by the end of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
#They will be watching TV after 9 p.m.&lt;br /&gt;
#Tomorrow at this time, he will be working there.&lt;br /&gt;
#I will be moving to L.A. in may.&lt;br /&gt;
#They will be leaving when you arrive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Put the sentences into the interrogative form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#She will be arriving at 4 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
#We will be having a walk at noon.&lt;br /&gt;
#You will be talking to him at 9 o'clock tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
#He will be waiting for you at the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
#Tom and I will be talking to you in an hour.&lt;br /&gt;
#I will be flying over the Pacific tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
#She will be having dinner at 8 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Complete the blanks with the Future Continuous tense:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Next month I _______ (fly) to Italy.&lt;br /&gt;
#When you arrive, she _______ (cook) lunch.&lt;br /&gt;
#When we get there, they _______ (prepare) our sandwiches.&lt;br /&gt;
#We _______ (come) back from school by 5 o'clock.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you come late, I _______. (sleep)&lt;br /&gt;
#He _______ (paint) the back door tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
#I _______ (build) the doghouse this weekend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{youtube|iPVvOpzzU_s}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| back || trap&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| stamp || lap  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| hat || scrap &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fat || natural &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  lack || bat  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vocabulary=&lt;br /&gt;
* To tell - told&lt;br /&gt;
* To see - saw&lt;br /&gt;
* To know - knew&lt;br /&gt;
* To hold - held&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* King&lt;br /&gt;
* Scepter&lt;br /&gt;
* Crown&lt;br /&gt;
* Throne&lt;br /&gt;
* Queen&lt;br /&gt;
* Prince&lt;br /&gt;
* Princess&lt;br /&gt;
* Noble&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasant&lt;br /&gt;
* Castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Drawbridge&lt;br /&gt;
* Moat&lt;br /&gt;
* Flag&lt;br /&gt;
* Flag pole&lt;br /&gt;
* Knight&lt;br /&gt;
* Visor&lt;br /&gt;
* Hilt&lt;br /&gt;
* Sword&lt;br /&gt;
* Shield&lt;br /&gt;
* Squire, page&lt;br /&gt;
* Armor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lance&lt;br /&gt;
* Halberd&lt;br /&gt;
* Executioner&lt;br /&gt;
* Stockade&lt;br /&gt;
* Gallow&lt;br /&gt;
* Noose&lt;br /&gt;
* Pirate&lt;br /&gt;
* Caveman&lt;br /&gt;
* Club&lt;br /&gt;
* Bow&lt;br /&gt;
* Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
* Quiver&lt;br /&gt;
* Spear&lt;br /&gt;
* Slingshot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/history/ History]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercises ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1) Look at the photos and answer the questions, the teacher may ask you to write down your answers or to answer orally: ====&lt;br /&gt;
::[[File:Tewkesbury Medieval Festival 2009 - Fight.jpg|500px|Tewkesbury Medieval Festival 2009 - Fight]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#What are they holding?&lt;br /&gt;
#What are they wearing&lt;br /&gt;
#Describe the whole picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2) Look at the photo below and create a short text inspired by the picture.====&lt;br /&gt;
::[[File:Trakošćan 2007.JPG|500px|Trakošćan 2007]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phrasal Verb==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! ask for trouble / ask for it&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| colspan=2 | procurar confusão, provocar&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*You are only asking for trouble by going there.&lt;br /&gt;
**Você só está tentando arrumar encrenca indo lá.&lt;br /&gt;
*A: Why did you hit him? B: He was asking for it.&lt;br /&gt;
**A: Por que você bateu nele? B: Ele estava me provocando.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: 1. Translate the sentences into Portuguese:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# She's asking for trouble in the middle of the crowd.&lt;br /&gt;
# He asked for it after that reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Translate the sentences into English:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Os jogadores saíram de campo porque a torcida provocou.&lt;br /&gt;
# Os garotos estão arrumando confusão na escola.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:3. Make to sentenes using the phrasal verb '''ask for trouble / ask for it''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to know about old history?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s so curious about world history?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you know any castle? If so, which one?&lt;br /&gt;
# What city, that ou know, do you consider to be the most historical? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to visit historical places?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are there any historical places where you live? Which one(s)?&lt;br /&gt;
# If you could go back on time, which personality would like to be in the old world history? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is/was the role of a king?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would you like to live in those moments?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would like to live in a kingdom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Bites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepositions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
up/down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Look at the pictures below and write two sentences using the preposition '''up''' and two sentences with the preposition '''down''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:U.S. Army Lt. Col. George Conwill, assessments chief with the 36th Infantry Division, Texas Army National Guard, wears a black jump suit as he skydives in a formation with teammates over Ecuador 081206-A-WO441-243.jpg|500px|U.S. Army Lt. Col. George Conwill, assessments chief with the 36th Infantry Division, Texas Army National Guard, wears a black jump suit as he skydives in a formation with teammates over Ecuador 081206-A-WO441-243]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Olympic stadium downstairs to booths.jpg|500px|Olympic stadium downstairs to booths]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Rewrite the activities you will be doing next week:====&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*'''What will you be doing next Friday?'''&lt;br /&gt;
*'''go to the beach'''&lt;br /&gt;
*''I will be going to the beach.''&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:a. What will she be doing next month?&lt;br /&gt;
: visit her relatives&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:b. What will they be doing next winter?&lt;br /&gt;
: travel to Chile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:c. What will your father be doing next holiday?&lt;br /&gt;
: stay home with his family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:d. What will your teacher will be doing next week?&lt;br /&gt;
: correct the tests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:e. What will your friend be doing after class?&lt;br /&gt;
: prepare a snack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:f. What will the athlete be doing for the olympic games?&lt;br /&gt;
: practice for the games.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:g. What will the tourist be doing in Europe?&lt;br /&gt;
: visit the museums.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Rewrite the sentences following the model.====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
*That king will be a peasant. / prince / won't&lt;br /&gt;
*That prince will be a peasant.&lt;br /&gt;
*That prince won't be a peasant.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# They need to fix the flag of that castle. / flagpole / drawbridge&lt;br /&gt;
# The knight might be seriously hurt after the war. / pirate / peasant&lt;br /&gt;
# They have to fix their shields. / sword / armor&lt;br /&gt;
# His armor is very damaged. / heavy / visor&lt;br /&gt;
# The king couldn't talk to the queen. / noble / could&lt;br /&gt;
# The caveman is getting his club. / hunting his lunch / lost in the jungle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Could the king stay out of the castle? / queen / throne&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Vocabulary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Name two famous kings - &lt;br /&gt;
# Name two movies about knights - &lt;br /&gt;
# Name three famous princess in the world history - &lt;br /&gt;
# Name four arms used in old battles - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Text listening====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Answers|&lt;br /&gt;
# They will open the drawbridge.&lt;br /&gt;
# The pirates are planning to attack their enemies.&lt;br /&gt;
# Nobody can sit on that throne, it´s just for the king!&lt;br /&gt;
# That lost crown might be from the queen.&lt;br /&gt;
# The knight didn't take care of his shield.&lt;br /&gt;
# His armor was totally damaged after the battle.&lt;br /&gt;
# Flags are reference of a castle.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. Answer the questions according to the reading:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Monarchy of Spain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The Monarchy of Spain, constitutionally referred to as The Crown and commonly referred to as the Spanish Monarchy or Hispanic Monarchy, is a constitutional institution and a historic office of Spain. The monarchy comprises a reigning King or Queen of Spain, their family, and the royal household organization which supports and facilitates the monarch in the exercise of his royal duties and prerogatives. The monarchy is currently represented by King Juan Carlos I, his wife Queen Sofia, and their children and grandchildren.Opinion polls routinely reveal that the monarchy remains popular by a wide majority of citizens in contemporary Spain, with as many as 75% of Spanish citizens ranking the monarchy above any other public institution in the country. In 2010, the budget for the Spanish monarchy was 7.4 million euros, one of the lowest public expenditures for the institution of monarchy in Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Example|&lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|comprise}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|household}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|poll}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|wide}}  &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|budget}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{Definition|expenditures}} &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Origem Wikipedia --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{It is implied in the passage that the Monarchy of Spain is...&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
+ a constitutional and a historic office of Spain.&lt;br /&gt;
- The Crown.&lt;br /&gt;
- historic and old&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{What's the structure of the monarchy?&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- a reigning King or Queen and their workers&lt;br /&gt;
- the King, the Queen and the population&lt;br /&gt;
+ a reigning King or Queen, their family, and the royal household organization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{The Spanish Monarchy is considered popular because...&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- the King Juan Carlos I and his wife Queen Sofia ar very nice.&lt;br /&gt;
- the Royal Family never approved Sofia's marriage to King Juan Carlos.&lt;br /&gt;
+ it has about 75% aproval.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/44|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Tier5-sidebar}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Can_You_Trust_Milk_in_Canada%3F/ExerciseL1&amp;diff=6494</id>
		<title>Lesson:Can You Trust Milk in Canada?/ExerciseL1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Can_You_Trust_Milk_in_Canada%3F/ExerciseL1&amp;diff=6494"/>
		<updated>2014-04-30T13:34:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;html5media&amp;gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/f/f8/How_to_Get_Rich.mp3&amp;lt;/html5media&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt; {Watch the video and complete the text according to what you...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;html5media&amp;gt;http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/images/f/f8/How_to_Get_Rich.mp3&amp;lt;/html5media&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{Watch the video and complete the text according to what you can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Years ago we { stopped _7 } by the store on the way home to pick up some milk, just like we still do today. But it was { simpler _7 } back then. There was really just one option. And so we { offered _7 } it to our families without { hesitation _10 } because you can trust your local { farmer _6 }is producing pure milk, right ? Well society has changed. We know people will do just about anything for a buck and we { wonder _6 }, do we really know what´s in our milk? Just because it says this, we heard there could also be this. And who knows what else. All milks from { cows _4 } are very well may look like this. So can we only trust certain kinds of milk? If I buy this stuff am I playing { Russian _7 } Roulette with my family?&lt;br /&gt;
Oh wait! We live in { Canada _6 }. Not only do we dominate the most important sport on the planet, we don’t { allow _5 }this kind of stuff to happen. If a cow is sick it´s treated outside of the supply line. In { Canada _6 }there are no growth hormones used on dairy cows, ever. The only thing ever added to milk in Canada is Vitamin A and D. On top of that we´re first and foremost { focused _7 } on producing and delivering locally. Wait. Are you telling me that all of these are { safe _4 }, quality products? Yep. It´s all pure milk in Canada. But to be fair that one has a colorful label. All of this really, really is 100% pure, locally { produced _8 }, rigorously { tested _6 }, world-class quality Canadian milk. { Find _4 } it in any store in Canada labeled “Milk”. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=User:Danianecanali&amp;diff=5881</id>
		<title>User:Danianecanali</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=User:Danianecanali&amp;diff=5881"/>
		<updated>2014-03-20T12:13:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Essentials */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{L1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{L5}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;headertabs /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=teacherguidethegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==L5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{L5}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;headertabs /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=teacherguidethegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==L5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{L5}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;headertabs /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=teacherguidethegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=User:Danianecanali&amp;diff=5880</id>
		<title>User:Danianecanali</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=User:Danianecanali&amp;diff=5880"/>
		<updated>2014-03-20T12:11:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Essentials */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Essentials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{L1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==L5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{L5}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;headertabs /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=teacherguidethegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==L5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{L5}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;headertabs /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=teacherguidethegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/36&amp;diff=5693</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/36</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/36&amp;diff=5693"/>
		<updated>2014-03-14T13:51:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Vocabulary */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Continuemos nosso estudo dos verbos irregulares.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! '''base form''' || '''simple past''' || '''past participle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|bring || brought || brought&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|build || built || built&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|burn || burnt/burned || burnt/burned&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|buy || bought || bought&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|choose || chose || chosen&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vejamos agora alguns exemplos:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| They brought a lot of gifts from the United States. || Eles trouxeram vários presentes dos Estados Unidos.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| We built our house in 6 months. || Nós construímos nossa casa em 6 meses. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| I burnt the rice again. || Queimei o arroz outra vez.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| She bought a kite for her son. || Ela comprou uma pipa para o seu filho.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| They chose to stay at home. || Eles escolheram ficar em casa.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXERCISES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Past (Irregular Verbs: bring, build, burn, buy, choose)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pronunciation= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{youtube|q1W1Csen0n8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| nurse || refer &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  stir || skirt &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| learn ||  her &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  fur  || prefer &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  blur || first &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Tools=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To fix - fixed&lt;br /&gt;
* To screw - screwed&lt;br /&gt;
* To paint - painted&lt;br /&gt;
* To hammer - hammered&lt;br /&gt;
* To sand - sanded&lt;br /&gt;
* To weld - welded&lt;br /&gt;
* Sandpaper&lt;br /&gt;
* Hammer&lt;br /&gt;
* Screw&lt;br /&gt;
* Screwdriver&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrench&lt;br /&gt;
* Wall&lt;br /&gt;
* Wood&lt;br /&gt;
* Plank&lt;br /&gt;
* Engine&lt;br /&gt;
* Metal&lt;br /&gt;
* Sheet&lt;br /&gt;
* Plate&lt;br /&gt;
* Gold&lt;br /&gt;
* Silver&lt;br /&gt;
* Blowtorch&lt;br /&gt;
* Bar&lt;br /&gt;
* Iron&lt;br /&gt;
* Steel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre width=40%&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 Important Sentences!&lt;br /&gt;
- He fixed the Tv&lt;br /&gt;
- It's fixed&lt;br /&gt;
- It's broken&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercises ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1) Look at the photos and answer the questions, the teacher may ask you to write down your answers or to answer orally:====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hammering Nails.jpg|500px|Hammering Nails]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#What is he using?&lt;br /&gt;
#Describe the picture.&lt;br /&gt;
#Do you know how to do this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hombre Soldando.jpg|500px|Hombre Soldando]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#What is the photo showing?&lt;br /&gt;
#What is he using?&lt;br /&gt;
#Describe the man's clothes and the objects around him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Use the possessive and make sentences using the words given,follow the example:====&lt;br /&gt;
::'''Example: Car | jane'''&lt;br /&gt;
::'''Possible answer: I like jane's new car'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Boys | toys&lt;br /&gt;
#Women | clothes&lt;br /&gt;
#Marco | chores&lt;br /&gt;
#Lisa | friend&lt;br /&gt;
#Marcelo | Website&lt;br /&gt;
#Cielo | skill&lt;br /&gt;
#Cynthia | Hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Answer the questions according to the text:====&lt;br /&gt;
::&lt;br /&gt;
::'''My name is Mark. My father is a really talented man, there is nothing he doesn't know how to fix. Last week he fixed our TV just using his tools. He really likes to weld things. Last year he welded a lot of iron bars together to build a cage for our bird.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
#What does Mark's father like to do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#What does Mark's father know how to fix?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#When he welded the iron bars together, what did he make and why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Make 3 different sentences using past tense and its interrogative, affirmative and negative form for each of the following verbs:====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#To bring&lt;br /&gt;
#To build&lt;br /&gt;
#To buy&lt;br /&gt;
#To fix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Using the verbs '''fix, hammer, sand and weld''' write a short paragraph:====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5. {{describepicture}}====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1327664853 u-125-ris.2.jpg|500px|1327664853 u-125-ris.2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you have many tools at home? Do you use them?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you agree that tools are men´s thing? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you think tools are dangerous objects? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Is it easier for men to handle tools? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Which tool do you know how to use?&lt;br /&gt;
# What can you use a drill for?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to build/fix things? If so, what?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is the most difficult thing when using a tool?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s the most essential tool that everybody needs to have at home? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you have a tape measure at home? Do you use it frequently?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extra Vocab==&lt;br /&gt;
===Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Hammer&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle&lt;br /&gt;
* Nail&lt;br /&gt;
* Screwdriver&lt;br /&gt;
* Screw&lt;br /&gt;
* Pliers&lt;br /&gt;
* Drill&lt;br /&gt;
* Drill bit&lt;br /&gt;
* Wrench&lt;br /&gt;
* Bolt&lt;br /&gt;
* Nut&lt;br /&gt;
* Washer &lt;br /&gt;
* Monkey wrench&lt;br /&gt;
* Saw&lt;br /&gt;
* Blade&lt;br /&gt;
* Chain saw&lt;br /&gt;
* Tool box&lt;br /&gt;
* File&lt;br /&gt;
* Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
* Mallet&lt;br /&gt;
* Pick&lt;br /&gt;
* Anvil&lt;br /&gt;
* Spring&lt;br /&gt;
* Vise&lt;br /&gt;
* Level&lt;br /&gt;
* Tape measure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/tools/ Tools]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/37|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/31|Lesson 31&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/32|Lesson 32&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/33|Lesson 33&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/34|Lesson 34&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/35|Lesson 35&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/36|Lesson 36&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/37|Lesson 37&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/38|Lesson 38&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/39|Lesson 39&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/40|Lesson 40&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Essentials ok]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/33&amp;diff=5122</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/33</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/33&amp;diff=5122"/>
		<updated>2014-02-27T14:39:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Review */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:SlideShare&lt;br /&gt;
|doc=cvc-131118053824-phpapp02&lt;br /&gt;
|width=599&lt;br /&gt;
|height=487&lt;br /&gt;
|norelated&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXERCISES===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Complete with the Simple Past Tense of the verbs in parentheses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The fire _______________ (occur) while we were out of the house.&lt;br /&gt;
#He _____________ (love) his old dog very much.&lt;br /&gt;
#A tornado ___________ (destroy) the whole village last week.&lt;br /&gt;
#Our company ________ (develop) a new communication system.&lt;br /&gt;
#We ____________ (dance) a lot last night.&lt;br /&gt;
#They ____________ (decide) not to go to the zoo.&lt;br /&gt;
#She was cleaning the vase when she __________ (drop) it.&lt;br /&gt;
#John __________ (stop) at the corner and _______ (call) us.&lt;br /&gt;
#I _______________ (talk) to her for a few minutes only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Complete the sentences with the verbs below. Don´t forget to use the verb in the right tense:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|   stop   ||  occur&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  show    ||  drop&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  admit   ||  scrub&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  visit   ||  permit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  borrow  ||  remember &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#He _______ me many interesting books during the conversation.&lt;br /&gt;
#The lady _______ the floor until it was very clean.&lt;br /&gt;
#The doorman _______ the guy to enter for five minutes only.&lt;br /&gt;
#I _______ the car at a traffic light yesterday.&lt;br /&gt;
#They _______ their relatives last Christmas.&lt;br /&gt;
#The accident _______ last night.&lt;br /&gt;
#She _______ the bag when she was getting out of the car.&lt;br /&gt;
#You _______ this pen from the teacher last class.&lt;br /&gt;
#The last contract _______ of no other interpretation. &lt;br /&gt;
#He _______ when he was young.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|BufPelrZ7io}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| goose ||  group&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  two  ||  troop&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| blue  ||  loop&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  do   ||  food&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  too  ||  moon &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To bathe&lt;br /&gt;
* To shower&lt;br /&gt;
* To rinse&lt;br /&gt;
* To wash&lt;br /&gt;
* To brush&lt;br /&gt;
* Toilet&lt;br /&gt;
* Trash bin&lt;br /&gt;
* Wet&lt;br /&gt;
* Toilet paper / Toilet tissue&lt;br /&gt;
* Shampoo&lt;br /&gt;
* Conditioner&lt;br /&gt;
* Toothbrush&lt;br /&gt;
* Toothpaste&lt;br /&gt;
* Dental floss&lt;br /&gt;
* Bathtub&lt;br /&gt;
* Shower&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre width=40%&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 Important Sentences!&lt;br /&gt;
- To take a bath&lt;br /&gt;
- To take a shower&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Look at the photos and answer the questions, the teacher may ask you to write down your answers or to answer orally: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ban-Bathroom-Nus.JPG|500px|Ban-Bathroom-Nus]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#In  your opinion, is this a big or a small bathroom?&lt;br /&gt;
#Are there any shower products? Give three examples.&lt;br /&gt;
#In your opinion, is this a comfortable bathroom? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Opočno castle in 2009 23.JPG|500px|Opočno castle in 2009 23]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#In your opinion, is this a new or old bathroom?&lt;br /&gt;
#Give three examples of bathroom furniture that you see in the photo.&lt;br /&gt;
#In your opinion, is this a comfortable bathroom? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Write 5 sentences expressing things that you would like to do until the end of this year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translate these sentences into English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::a.Eu gostaria de um copo d'água.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::b.Ela correria para o restaurante.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::c.John não falaria com ela.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::d.Carlo faria isso?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::e.Eles iriam com a gente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::f.Meu pai não lavaria as roupas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::g.Você perguntaria para o professor?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Change the sentences into the affirmative form:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Did you slap her face?&lt;br /&gt;
#They didn´t stop the music.&lt;br /&gt;
#Charles didn´t visit his family last year.&lt;br /&gt;
#Chris didn´t want to travel last summer.&lt;br /&gt;
#The restaurant didn´t deliver the pizza on time.&lt;br /&gt;
#Did she deposit the money?&lt;br /&gt;
#The heavy rain didn´t destroy the garden.&lt;br /&gt;
#It didn´t snow a lot this winter.&lt;br /&gt;
#Did he discover a new method?&lt;br /&gt;
#He didn´t enjoy the party.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Ask questions for the answers below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#I need shampoo and conditioner from the supermarket.&lt;br /&gt;
#I washed my car yesterday.&lt;br /&gt;
#The floor is wet.&lt;br /&gt;
#You have to take a shower at 7pm.&lt;br /&gt;
#She brushes her teeth three times a day.&lt;br /&gt;
#The dentist tells me to use dental floss every day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. {{describepicture}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FRA LH Lounge First.jpg|500px|FRA LH Lounge First]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s the difference between bathroom and restroom?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you have a bathtube in your bathroom? If not, would you like to have one?&lt;br /&gt;
# What do you think about having a scale in the bathroom? &lt;br /&gt;
# Do you use whatever kind of soap to take a shower or you use special ones?&lt;br /&gt;
# What do you prefer electric shower or gas heated shower? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What color of towel is your favorite? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What products are the most necessary in a bathroom? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you prefer tissues or handkerchieves? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Is liquid soap better than soap in bars?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extra Vocab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Bathroom===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bathtub&lt;br /&gt;
* Shower&lt;br /&gt;
* Shower head&lt;br /&gt;
* Suds&lt;br /&gt;
* Soap&lt;br /&gt;
* Bubble&lt;br /&gt;
* Sink&lt;br /&gt;
* Drain&lt;br /&gt;
* Faucet &lt;br /&gt;
* Dip&lt;br /&gt;
* Toilet, Potty (kids) &lt;br /&gt;
* Toilet paper&lt;br /&gt;
* Toilet brush&lt;br /&gt;
* Kleenex, tissues&lt;br /&gt;
* Plunger&lt;br /&gt;
* Towel &lt;br /&gt;
* Towel rack&lt;br /&gt;
* Tile&lt;br /&gt;
* Scale&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/bathroom/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/34|Next lesson]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/31|Lesson 31&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/32|Lesson 32&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/33|Lesson 33&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/34|Lesson 34&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/35|Lesson 35&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/36|Lesson 36&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/37|Lesson 37&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/38|Lesson 38&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/39|Lesson 39&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/40|Lesson 40&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Essentials ok]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/32&amp;diff=5113</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/32</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/32&amp;diff=5113"/>
		<updated>2014-02-27T13:16:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Review */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{#css:olexercises.css}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparative Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No nosso dia a dia, frequentemente comparamos uma coisa com a outra; dizemos que este é melhor que aquele, que um tal produto é mais barato que o outro.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note que a palavra melhor é um adjetivo que nos permite comparar as coisas. Por isso, hoje vamos ver como usamos em inglês estes '''comparative adjectives'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Separamos eles em duas categorias: '''short''' e '''long'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Short===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consideramos adjetivos curtos:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Aqueles com apenas uma sílaba: '''big, old, small, fast, etc.'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Aqueles com duas sílabas terminados em y: '''happy, silly, pretty, etc.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regras:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Normalmente adicionamos '''-er'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ex.: She is older than her sister. -&amp;gt; Ela é mais velha que a sua irmã.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Se o adjetivo terminar em '''e''' apenas adicionamos -'''r'''. (late -&amp;gt; later)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ex.: I'll talk to you later. -&amp;gt; Falarei com você mais tarde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Se o adjetivo terminar em cvc (consoante + vogal + consoante), dobramos a última consoante. (big -&amp;gt; bigger)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ex.: My new house is bigger than the old one. -&amp;gt; Minha casa nova é maior do que a antiga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Se o adjetivo terminar em '''y''', tiramos o '''y''' e acrescentamos -'''ier'''. (happy -&amp;gt; happier)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ex.: I am happier now that I am on vacations. -&amp;gt; Estou mais feliz agora que estou de férias.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Long===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consideramos adjetivos longos:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Aqueles com duas sílabas não terminados em y: '''modern, pleasant, etc'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Aqueles com três sílabas ou mais: '''expensive, beautiful, etc'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regras:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para adjetivos longos temos apenas uma regra: acrescentamos '''more''' antes do adjetivo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ex.: I want my website to look more modern. -&amp;gt; Eu quero que meu site tenha uma aparência mais moderna.&lt;br /&gt;
:::: This computer is much more expensive than that one. -&amp;gt; Este computador é muito mais caro que aquele.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Irregular adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alguns adjetivos são irregulares e não seguem as regras acima. Neste caso, precisamos decorar as suas formas irregulares.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| good → better&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| well (healthy) → better&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| bad → worse&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| far → farther/further&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ex.: This cellphone is better than the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===than===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Com frequência precisamos usar a palavra than na frase significando &amp;quot;do que&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ex.: Today you are slower '''than''' yesterday. -&amp;gt; Hoje você está mais lenta '''do que''' ontem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===EXERCISES===&lt;br /&gt;
Fill the blanks using the words in brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
a. She is { smarter _7 } than him.(smart)&lt;br /&gt;
b. John is { stronger _8 } than Carlo.(strong)&lt;br /&gt;
c. Carlo's pen is { better _6 } than hers.(good)&lt;br /&gt;
d. Lucca is { older _5 } than her.(old)&lt;br /&gt;
e. The Persian cat is { prettier _8} than Maria's dog.(pretty) &lt;br /&gt;
f. Are Michael's books { more interesting _16 } than those magazines?(interesting)&lt;br /&gt;
g. Is Callie { more intelligent _16 } than Marco?(intelligent)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|UUuj0XkRqUM}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sea  || machine &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| cheap || fleece &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  he's || teach &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| peach || sheep &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| feet  || feed &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My room===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To rest - rested&lt;br /&gt;
* To snore - snored&lt;br /&gt;
* To fold - folded&lt;br /&gt;
* To like - liked&lt;br /&gt;
* Room&lt;br /&gt;
* Bedroom&lt;br /&gt;
* Desk&lt;br /&gt;
* Blanket&lt;br /&gt;
* Bookcase&lt;br /&gt;
* Mattress&lt;br /&gt;
* Wardrobe&lt;br /&gt;
* Drawer&lt;br /&gt;
* Dresser&lt;br /&gt;
* Curtains&lt;br /&gt;
* Rug&lt;br /&gt;
* Carpet&lt;br /&gt;
* Paintings&lt;br /&gt;
* Pictures&lt;br /&gt;
* Picture frame&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;pre width=40%&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 Important expressions!&lt;br /&gt;
- Bed linen&lt;br /&gt;
- Do you need some rest?&lt;br /&gt;
- Single size bed&lt;br /&gt;
- Double size bed&lt;br /&gt;
- Queen size bed&lt;br /&gt;
- King size bed&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exercises ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Look at the photos and answer the questions, the teacher may ask you to write down your answers or to answer orally: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Bedroom Mitcham.jpg|500px|Bedroom Mitcham]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#In  your opinion is this a single or a couple's room?&lt;br /&gt;
#How many chairs are there in the bedroom?&lt;br /&gt;
#In your opinion, is this a comfortable room? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Red bedroom.jpg|500px|Red bedroom]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#How many pictures are there in this bedroom?&lt;br /&gt;
#In your opinion, this is a woman's or man's bedroom?&lt;br /&gt;
#In your opinion, is this a comfortable room? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Answer the frequency questions below:&lt;br /&gt;
How often do you..&lt;br /&gt;
#do exercises?&lt;br /&gt;
#cook?&lt;br /&gt;
#go to the movies?&lt;br /&gt;
#listen to classic music?&lt;br /&gt;
#clean your house?&lt;br /&gt;
#study English?&lt;br /&gt;
#do charity?&lt;br /&gt;
#travel?&lt;br /&gt;
#play video-games?&lt;br /&gt;
#go shopping?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Change the sentences to the interrogative / negative / affirmative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Those blankets are dirty.&lt;br /&gt;
#Are these towels clean?&lt;br /&gt;
#Don't put those curtains in the washing machine. &lt;br /&gt;
#Will you do the laundry tomorrow?&lt;br /&gt;
#I said I did the sweep on the desk.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please, don't use the mop on the carpet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Complete the sentences with the correct form (comparative of superiority) of the adjectives in parenthesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Their group is _________ (big) than ours.&lt;br /&gt;
#My car isn't ________ (clean) than yours.&lt;br /&gt;
#I'm __________ (efficient) than she is.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is _________ (sunny) than yesterday.&lt;br /&gt;
#She is _________ (beautiful) than the other girl.&lt;br /&gt;
#That team's athletes will be ___________ (good) than the other team's. They are training very hard. &lt;br /&gt;
#My surgery isn't ___________ (recent) than yours.&lt;br /&gt;
#This English book is __________ (complete) than the previous one.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Complete the text using the correct form of the comparative adjectives in brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is Sheila, Sheila lives with John, they are roommates.&lt;br /&gt;
Sheila's room is _______________ (clean) than John's room, but John is a ______________ (good) cook than Sheila, they are good friends.&lt;br /&gt;
Sheila studies at the public college and John studies at the local college, Sheila studied _______________ (hard) John to pass the entry exams.&lt;br /&gt;
John likes to run every morning, Sheila likes to sleep until late, John is ______________ (athletic) Sheila.&lt;br /&gt;
Today they will go out together to buy some ice-cream because it is _______________ (hot) yesterday. Tomorrow they will go to the theater because the tickets are ______________ (cheap) on Wednesdays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. {{describepicture}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Gone Home - Bedroom.png|500px|Gone Home - Bedroom]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# What color are the walls in your bedroom?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is on your bed sheets?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is there under your bed?&lt;br /&gt;
# How big is your bedroom?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you have a bathroom in your bedroom?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you have a TV in your room?&lt;br /&gt;
# Is your computer in your bedroom?&lt;br /&gt;
# How much time do you spend in your bedroom each day?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is your favorite thing to do in your bedroom?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you share your bedroom with anyone?&lt;br /&gt;
# What would you like to change about your bedroom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extra Vocab==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Bedroom===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Snore&lt;br /&gt;
* Yawn&lt;br /&gt;
* Bed&lt;br /&gt;
* Pillow&lt;br /&gt;
* Bed spread&lt;br /&gt;
* Blankets&lt;br /&gt;
* Alarm clock&lt;br /&gt;
* Sheet&lt;br /&gt;
* Mattress &lt;br /&gt;
* Chest of drawers&lt;br /&gt;
* Drawers&lt;br /&gt;
* Dresser&lt;br /&gt;
* Bunk bed&lt;br /&gt;
* Chest, trunk&lt;br /&gt;
* Closet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/bedroom/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/33|Next lesson]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/31|Lesson 31&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/32|Lesson 32&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/33|Lesson 33&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/34|Lesson 34&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/35|Lesson 35&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/36|Lesson 36&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/37|Lesson 37&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/38|Lesson 38&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/39|Lesson 39&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/40|Lesson 40&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Essentials ok]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/10&amp;diff=4666</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/10&amp;diff=4666"/>
		<updated>2014-02-12T21:20:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Classroom English */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|wW43VYVEcbY}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|kNWQYT3HPZs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
dj&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Som de consoante&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|joke || lodger &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|bridge || judge &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|junk || lunge &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|surge || average&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vocabulary=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ordinal Numbers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;|Ordinal Numbers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| First || Eleventh || Twenty-first || Thirtieth || One-hundredth&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Second || Twelfth || Twenty-second || Fortieth || Hundred and first&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Third || Thirteenth || Twenty-third || Fiftieth || Two Hundredth&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fourth || Fourteenth || Twenty-fourth || Sixtieth || Thousandth&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fifth || Fifteenth || Twenty-fifth || Seventieth || Millionth&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Sixth || Sixteenth || Twenty-sixth || Eightieth ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Seventh || Seventeenth || Twenty-seventh || Ninetieth ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Eighth || Eighteenth || Twenty-eighth || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Ninth || Nineteenth || Twenty-ninth || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tenth || Twentieth || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Utilize o seguinte recurso para treinar a pronúncia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/ordinal-numbers/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classroom English==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*My birthday is in __________&lt;br /&gt;
**Meu aniversário é em_________&lt;br /&gt;
*I was born in ___________&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu nasci em ____________ (colocar mês e/ou ano)&lt;br /&gt;
*When is your birthday?&lt;br /&gt;
**Quando é seu aniversário?&lt;br /&gt;
*When were you born?&lt;br /&gt;
**Quando você nasceu?&lt;br /&gt;
*Where were you born?&lt;br /&gt;
**Aonde você nasceu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/CP1|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/1|Lesson 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/2|Lesson 2&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/3|Lesson 3&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/4|Lesson 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/5|Lesson 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/6|Lesson 6&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/7|Lesson 7&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/8|Lesson 8&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/9|Lesson 9&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/10|Lesson 10&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/3&amp;diff=4665</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/3&amp;diff=4665"/>
		<updated>2014-02-12T21:18:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Classroom English= */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|hBrgjdODB6Y&amp;amp;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Escolha o pronome que melhor substitui as expressões abaixo:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
| I | You | He | She | It | We | You | They &lt;br /&gt;
--+----- Ele&lt;br /&gt;
-------+ Eles/Elas&lt;br /&gt;
-----+-- Nós&lt;br /&gt;
----+--- Ele/Ela (coisa, lugar, animal)&lt;br /&gt;
---+---- Ela&lt;br /&gt;
+------- Eu&lt;br /&gt;
-+------ Tu/Você&lt;br /&gt;
------+- Vocês&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Classifique os seguintes pronomes em primeira, segunda, terceira pessoa e singular ou plural.}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{He&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- primeira&lt;br /&gt;
- segunda&lt;br /&gt;
+ terceira&lt;br /&gt;
+ singular&lt;br /&gt;
- plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{They&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- primeira&lt;br /&gt;
- segunda&lt;br /&gt;
+ terceira&lt;br /&gt;
- singular&lt;br /&gt;
+ plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{I&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
+ primeira&lt;br /&gt;
- segunda&lt;br /&gt;
- terceira&lt;br /&gt;
+ singular&lt;br /&gt;
- plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{We&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
+ primeira&lt;br /&gt;
- segunda&lt;br /&gt;
- terceira&lt;br /&gt;
- singular&lt;br /&gt;
+ plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{You (tu/você)&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- primeira&lt;br /&gt;
+ segunda&lt;br /&gt;
- terceira&lt;br /&gt;
+ singular&lt;br /&gt;
- plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{She&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- primeira&lt;br /&gt;
- segunda&lt;br /&gt;
+ terceira&lt;br /&gt;
+ singular&lt;br /&gt;
- plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{You (vocês)&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- primeira&lt;br /&gt;
+ segunda&lt;br /&gt;
- terceira&lt;br /&gt;
- singular&lt;br /&gt;
+ plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{It&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- primeira&lt;br /&gt;
- segunda&lt;br /&gt;
+ terceira&lt;br /&gt;
+ singular&lt;br /&gt;
- plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|Tb1ouhWWHVs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====j====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Som de consoante&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|yet || unit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|use || university&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|yellow || genuine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|useful || you&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|beauty || museum&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|few || puke&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|cute || |accuse&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vocabulary=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Months&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*January&lt;br /&gt;
*February&lt;br /&gt;
*March&lt;br /&gt;
*April&lt;br /&gt;
*May&lt;br /&gt;
*June&lt;br /&gt;
*July&lt;br /&gt;
*August&lt;br /&gt;
*September&lt;br /&gt;
*October&lt;br /&gt;
*November&lt;br /&gt;
*December&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Utilizamos a preposição '''in''' com meses. Então dizemos:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| I travel in July.&lt;br /&gt;
I work in January.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note que sempre escrevemos os meses em inglês com letra maiúscula. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classroom English==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Goodbye/Bye/ bye bye&lt;br /&gt;
**Tchau / tchau tchau&lt;br /&gt;
*What is your name?&lt;br /&gt;
**Qual é o seu nome?&lt;br /&gt;
*Where do you live?&lt;br /&gt;
**Aonde você mora?&lt;br /&gt;
*I live in ____________ on _______________ street&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu moro em____________ na rua __________________&lt;br /&gt;
*What is your phone number?&lt;br /&gt;
**Qual o seu número de telefone?&lt;br /&gt;
*What is your e-mail?&lt;br /&gt;
**Qual é o seu e-mail?  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/4|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/1|Lesson 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/2|Lesson 2&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/3|Lesson 3&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/4|Lesson 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/5|Lesson 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/6|Lesson 6&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/7|Lesson 7&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/8|Lesson 8&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/9|Lesson 9&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/10|Lesson 10&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/3&amp;diff=4664</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/3&amp;diff=4664"/>
		<updated>2014-02-12T21:16:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|hBrgjdODB6Y&amp;amp;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Escolha o pronome que melhor substitui as expressões abaixo:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
| I | You | He | She | It | We | You | They &lt;br /&gt;
--+----- Ele&lt;br /&gt;
-------+ Eles/Elas&lt;br /&gt;
-----+-- Nós&lt;br /&gt;
----+--- Ele/Ela (coisa, lugar, animal)&lt;br /&gt;
---+---- Ela&lt;br /&gt;
+------- Eu&lt;br /&gt;
-+------ Tu/Você&lt;br /&gt;
------+- Vocês&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Classifique os seguintes pronomes em primeira, segunda, terceira pessoa e singular ou plural.}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{He&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- primeira&lt;br /&gt;
- segunda&lt;br /&gt;
+ terceira&lt;br /&gt;
+ singular&lt;br /&gt;
- plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{They&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- primeira&lt;br /&gt;
- segunda&lt;br /&gt;
+ terceira&lt;br /&gt;
- singular&lt;br /&gt;
+ plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{I&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
+ primeira&lt;br /&gt;
- segunda&lt;br /&gt;
- terceira&lt;br /&gt;
+ singular&lt;br /&gt;
- plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{We&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
+ primeira&lt;br /&gt;
- segunda&lt;br /&gt;
- terceira&lt;br /&gt;
- singular&lt;br /&gt;
+ plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{You (tu/você)&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- primeira&lt;br /&gt;
+ segunda&lt;br /&gt;
- terceira&lt;br /&gt;
+ singular&lt;br /&gt;
- plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{She&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- primeira&lt;br /&gt;
- segunda&lt;br /&gt;
+ terceira&lt;br /&gt;
+ singular&lt;br /&gt;
- plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{You (vocês)&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- primeira&lt;br /&gt;
+ segunda&lt;br /&gt;
- terceira&lt;br /&gt;
- singular&lt;br /&gt;
+ plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{It&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;[]&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
- primeira&lt;br /&gt;
- segunda&lt;br /&gt;
+ terceira&lt;br /&gt;
+ singular&lt;br /&gt;
- plural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|Tb1ouhWWHVs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====j====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Som de consoante&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|yet || unit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|use || university&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|yellow || genuine&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|useful || you&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|beauty || museum&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|few || puke&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|cute || |accuse&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vocabulary=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Months&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*January&lt;br /&gt;
*February&lt;br /&gt;
*March&lt;br /&gt;
*April&lt;br /&gt;
*May&lt;br /&gt;
*June&lt;br /&gt;
*July&lt;br /&gt;
*August&lt;br /&gt;
*September&lt;br /&gt;
*October&lt;br /&gt;
*November&lt;br /&gt;
*December&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Utilizamos a preposição '''in''' com meses. Então dizemos:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| I travel in July.&lt;br /&gt;
I work in January.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note que sempre escrevemos os meses em inglês com letra maiúscula. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Classroom English==&lt;br /&gt;
*Goodbye/Bye/ bye bye&lt;br /&gt;
**Tchau / tchau tchau&lt;br /&gt;
*What is your name?&lt;br /&gt;
**Qual é o seu nome?&lt;br /&gt;
*Where do you live?&lt;br /&gt;
**Aonde você mora?&lt;br /&gt;
*I live in ____________ on _______________ street&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu moro em____________ na rua __________________&lt;br /&gt;
*What is your phone number?&lt;br /&gt;
**Qual o seu número de telefone?&lt;br /&gt;
*What is your e-mail?&lt;br /&gt;
**Qual é o seu e-mail?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/4|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/1|Lesson 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/2|Lesson 2&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/3|Lesson 3&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/4|Lesson 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/5|Lesson 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/6|Lesson 6&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/7|Lesson 7&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/8|Lesson 8&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/9|Lesson 9&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/10|Lesson 10&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/10&amp;diff=4663</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/10&amp;diff=4663"/>
		<updated>2014-02-12T21:10:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|wW43VYVEcbY}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|kNWQYT3HPZs}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
dj&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Som de consoante&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|joke || lodger &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|bridge || judge &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|junk || lunge &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|surge || average&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Vocabulary=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ordinal Numbers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;|Ordinal Numbers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| First || Eleventh || Twenty-first || Thirtieth || One-hundredth&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Second || Twelfth || Twenty-second || Fortieth || Hundred and first&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Third || Thirteenth || Twenty-third || Fiftieth || Two Hundredth&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fourth || Fourteenth || Twenty-fourth || Sixtieth || Thousandth&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fifth || Fifteenth || Twenty-fifth || Seventieth || Millionth&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Sixth || Sixteenth || Twenty-sixth || Eightieth ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Seventh || Seventeenth || Twenty-seventh || Ninetieth ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Eighth || Eighteenth || Twenty-eighth || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Ninth || Nineteenth || Twenty-ninth || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tenth || Twentieth || || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Utilize o seguinte recurso para treinar a pronúncia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/ordinal-numbers/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classroom English==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*My birthday is in __________&lt;br /&gt;
**Meu aniversário é em_________&lt;br /&gt;
*I was born in ___________&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu nasci em ____________ (colocar mês e/ou ano)&lt;br /&gt;
*When is your birthday?&lt;br /&gt;
**Quando é seu aniversário?&lt;br /&gt;
*When were you bron?&lt;br /&gt;
**Quando você nasceu?&lt;br /&gt;
*Where were you born?&lt;br /&gt;
**Aonde você nasceu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/CP1|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/1|Lesson 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/2|Lesson 2&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/3|Lesson 3&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/4|Lesson 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/5|Lesson 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/6|Lesson 6&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/7|Lesson 7&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/8|Lesson 8&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/9|Lesson 9&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/10|Lesson 10&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/8&amp;diff=4662</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/8</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/8&amp;diff=4662"/>
		<updated>2014-02-12T21:05:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Classroom English */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ggWluU5uD9E}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Complete as seguintes frases na forma afirmativa.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
1. She { is _2 } a teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
2. They { are _3 } Brazilian.&lt;br /&gt;
3. We { are _3 } happy.&lt;br /&gt;
4. I { am _2 } an engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Tim { is _2 } a doctor.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Robert and Sally { are _3 } in Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
7. He { is _2 } very old.&lt;br /&gt;
8. My family { is _2 } big.&lt;br /&gt;
9. The bikes { are _3 } new.&lt;br /&gt;
10. You and Susan { are _3 } good friends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Complete as seguintes frases na forma negativa (não utilize contração).&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. She { is not _6 } a teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
2. They { are not _7 } Brazilian.&lt;br /&gt;
3. We { are not _7 } happy.&lt;br /&gt;
4. I { am not _6 } an engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Tim { is not _6 } a doctor.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Robert and Sally { are not _7 } in Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
7. He { is not _6 } very old.&lt;br /&gt;
8. My family { is not _6 } big.&lt;br /&gt;
9. The bikes { are not _7 } new.&lt;br /&gt;
10. You and Susan { are not _7 } good friends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Complete as seguintes frases na forma negativa (utilize contração e este tipo de apostrofo =&amp;gt; ' ). Exemplo: Mark isn't&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. She { isn't _5 } a teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
2. They { aren't _6 } Brazilian.&lt;br /&gt;
3. We { aren't _6 } happy.&lt;br /&gt;
4. I { am not _6 } an engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Tim { isn't _5 } a doctor.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Robert and Sally { aren't _6 } in Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
7. He { isn't _5 } very old.&lt;br /&gt;
8. My family { isn't _5 } big.&lt;br /&gt;
9. The bikes { aren't _6 } new.&lt;br /&gt;
10. You and Susan { aren't _6 } good friends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Complete as seguintes frases na forma interrogativa.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. { Is she _6 } a teacher? (she)&lt;br /&gt;
2. { Are they _8 } Brazilian? (they)&lt;br /&gt;
3. { Are we _6 } happy? (we)&lt;br /&gt;
4. { Am I _4 } in the team? (I)&lt;br /&gt;
5. { Is Tim _6 } a doctor? (Tim)&lt;br /&gt;
6. { Are Robert and Sally _20 } in Europe? (Robert and Sally)&lt;br /&gt;
7. { Is he _5 } very old? (he)&lt;br /&gt;
8. { Is your family _14 } big? (your family)&lt;br /&gt;
9. { Are the bikes _13 } new? (the bikes)&lt;br /&gt;
10. { Are you and Susan _17 } good friends? (you and Susan)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|_PQlIC4M42M}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Som de consoante&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|back || bag&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hobby || habit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|job || bob&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|cab || symbol &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fruits===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Apple&lt;br /&gt;
* Apple slice&lt;br /&gt;
* Apple core&lt;br /&gt;
* Banana&lt;br /&gt;
* Peel&lt;br /&gt;
* Grapes&lt;br /&gt;
* Raisins&lt;br /&gt;
* Jelly&lt;br /&gt;
* Avocado&lt;br /&gt;
* Cherry&lt;br /&gt;
* Olive&lt;br /&gt;
* Fig&lt;br /&gt;
* Orange&lt;br /&gt;
* Lemon&lt;br /&gt;
* Orange Juice&lt;br /&gt;
* Grapefruit&lt;br /&gt;
* Pear&lt;br /&gt;
* Plum&lt;br /&gt;
* Prune&lt;br /&gt;
* Peach&lt;br /&gt;
* Kiwi&lt;br /&gt;
* Coconut&lt;br /&gt;
* Mango&lt;br /&gt;
* Pineapple&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Melons&lt;br /&gt;
* Watermelon&lt;br /&gt;
* Cantaloupe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Berries&lt;br /&gt;
* Strawberry&lt;br /&gt;
* Blueberry&lt;br /&gt;
* Blackberry&lt;br /&gt;
* Raspberry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Utilize o seguinte recurso para treinar a pronúncia e conhecer o significado das palavras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/fruit/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classroom English==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Good morning&lt;br /&gt;
**Bom dia!&lt;br /&gt;
*Good afternoon&lt;br /&gt;
**Boa tarde!&lt;br /&gt;
*Good evening&lt;br /&gt;
**Boa noite (quando se encontra)&lt;br /&gt;
*Good night&lt;br /&gt;
**Boa noite (quando se despede)&lt;br /&gt;
*Have a nice day!&lt;br /&gt;
**Tenha um bom dia!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/9|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/1|Lesson 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/2|Lesson 2&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/3|Lesson 3&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/4|Lesson 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/5|Lesson 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/6|Lesson 6&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/7|Lesson 7&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/8|Lesson 8&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/9|Lesson 9&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/10|Lesson 10&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/8&amp;diff=4661</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/8</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/8&amp;diff=4661"/>
		<updated>2014-02-12T21:05:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ggWluU5uD9E}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Complete as seguintes frases na forma afirmativa.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
1. She { is _2 } a teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
2. They { are _3 } Brazilian.&lt;br /&gt;
3. We { are _3 } happy.&lt;br /&gt;
4. I { am _2 } an engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Tim { is _2 } a doctor.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Robert and Sally { are _3 } in Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
7. He { is _2 } very old.&lt;br /&gt;
8. My family { is _2 } big.&lt;br /&gt;
9. The bikes { are _3 } new.&lt;br /&gt;
10. You and Susan { are _3 } good friends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Complete as seguintes frases na forma negativa (não utilize contração).&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. She { is not _6 } a teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
2. They { are not _7 } Brazilian.&lt;br /&gt;
3. We { are not _7 } happy.&lt;br /&gt;
4. I { am not _6 } an engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Tim { is not _6 } a doctor.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Robert and Sally { are not _7 } in Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
7. He { is not _6 } very old.&lt;br /&gt;
8. My family { is not _6 } big.&lt;br /&gt;
9. The bikes { are not _7 } new.&lt;br /&gt;
10. You and Susan { are not _7 } good friends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Complete as seguintes frases na forma negativa (utilize contração e este tipo de apostrofo =&amp;gt; ' ). Exemplo: Mark isn't&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. She { isn't _5 } a teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
2. They { aren't _6 } Brazilian.&lt;br /&gt;
3. We { aren't _6 } happy.&lt;br /&gt;
4. I { am not _6 } an engineer.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Tim { isn't _5 } a doctor.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Robert and Sally { aren't _6 } in Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
7. He { isn't _5 } very old.&lt;br /&gt;
8. My family { isn't _5 } big.&lt;br /&gt;
9. The bikes { aren't _6 } new.&lt;br /&gt;
10. You and Susan { aren't _6 } good friends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Complete as seguintes frases na forma interrogativa.&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. { Is she _6 } a teacher? (she)&lt;br /&gt;
2. { Are they _8 } Brazilian? (they)&lt;br /&gt;
3. { Are we _6 } happy? (we)&lt;br /&gt;
4. { Am I _4 } in the team? (I)&lt;br /&gt;
5. { Is Tim _6 } a doctor? (Tim)&lt;br /&gt;
6. { Are Robert and Sally _20 } in Europe? (Robert and Sally)&lt;br /&gt;
7. { Is he _5 } very old? (he)&lt;br /&gt;
8. { Is your family _14 } big? (your family)&lt;br /&gt;
9. { Are the bikes _13 } new? (the bikes)&lt;br /&gt;
10. { Are you and Susan _17 } good friends? (you and Susan)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|_PQlIC4M42M}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Som de consoante&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|back || bag&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hobby || habit&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|job || bob&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|cab || symbol &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fruits===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Apple&lt;br /&gt;
* Apple slice&lt;br /&gt;
* Apple core&lt;br /&gt;
* Banana&lt;br /&gt;
* Peel&lt;br /&gt;
* Grapes&lt;br /&gt;
* Raisins&lt;br /&gt;
* Jelly&lt;br /&gt;
* Avocado&lt;br /&gt;
* Cherry&lt;br /&gt;
* Olive&lt;br /&gt;
* Fig&lt;br /&gt;
* Orange&lt;br /&gt;
* Lemon&lt;br /&gt;
* Orange Juice&lt;br /&gt;
* Grapefruit&lt;br /&gt;
* Pear&lt;br /&gt;
* Plum&lt;br /&gt;
* Prune&lt;br /&gt;
* Peach&lt;br /&gt;
* Kiwi&lt;br /&gt;
* Coconut&lt;br /&gt;
* Mango&lt;br /&gt;
* Pineapple&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Melons&lt;br /&gt;
* Watermelon&lt;br /&gt;
* Cantaloupe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Berries&lt;br /&gt;
* Strawberry&lt;br /&gt;
* Blueberry&lt;br /&gt;
* Blackberry&lt;br /&gt;
* Raspberry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Utilize o seguinte recurso para treinar a pronúncia e conhecer o significado das palavras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/fruit/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classroom English==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Good morning&lt;br /&gt;
**Bom dia!&lt;br /&gt;
*Good afternoon&lt;br /&gt;
**Boa tarde!&lt;br /&gt;
*Good evening&lt;br /&gt;
**Boa noite (quando se encontra)&lt;br /&gt;
*Good night&lt;br /&gt;
**Boa noite (quando se despede)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/9|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/1|Lesson 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/2|Lesson 2&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/3|Lesson 3&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/4|Lesson 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/5|Lesson 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/6|Lesson 6&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/7|Lesson 7&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/8|Lesson 8&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/9|Lesson 9&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/10|Lesson 10&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/7&amp;diff=4660</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/7</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/7&amp;diff=4660"/>
		<updated>2014-02-12T21:02:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|1ro3HOCa5F0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Faça o seguinte exercício. Se cometer algum erro, assista ao vídeo novamente e refaça os exercícios. Não vá adiante até obter um aproveitamento de 100%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Caso não saiba o significado de alguma das palavras abaixo, pesquise em: [http://www.wordreference.com www.wordreference.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Use o artigo indefinido &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; ou &amp;quot;an&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
a. { a _1 } boy&lt;br /&gt;
b. { a _1 } car&lt;br /&gt;
c. { a _1 } house&lt;br /&gt;
d. { an _2 } elephant&lt;br /&gt;
e. { a _1 } person&lt;br /&gt;
f. { a _1 } university&lt;br /&gt;
g. { an _2 } underwear&lt;br /&gt;
h. { a _1 } box&lt;br /&gt;
i. { an _2 } uncle&lt;br /&gt;
j. { an _2 } hour&lt;br /&gt;
k. { a _1 } hospital&lt;br /&gt;
l. { a _1 } unit&lt;br /&gt;
m. { a _1 } lemon&lt;br /&gt;
n. { an _2 } apple&lt;br /&gt;
o. { an _2 } orange&lt;br /&gt;
p. { a _1 } bear&lt;br /&gt;
q. { a _1 } knife&lt;br /&gt;
r. { a _1 } fork&lt;br /&gt;
s. { a _1 } spoon&lt;br /&gt;
t. { a _1 } plate&lt;br /&gt;
u. { an _2 } axe&lt;br /&gt;
v. { a _1 } sword&lt;br /&gt;
w. { a _1 } book&lt;br /&gt;
x. { an _2 } article&lt;br /&gt;
y. { a _1 } website&lt;br /&gt;
z. { an _2 } organ&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|SjQCJtnX_hc}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
r&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Som de consoante&lt;br /&gt;
*Em inglês britânico e do nordeste dos Estados Unidos o '''r''' não é pronunciado no final das palavras, exceto quando, em uma frase, ele se conecta a uma vogal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exemplo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is my car. ('''r''' não pronunciado em car)&lt;br /&gt;
The car is mine. (car is - '''r''' pronunciado)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|right || wrong &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|sorry || arrange&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|practice || price&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|fridge || run&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Hair&lt;br /&gt;
* Forehead&lt;br /&gt;
* Temple&lt;br /&gt;
* Cheek&lt;br /&gt;
* Ear&lt;br /&gt;
* Ear Lobe&lt;br /&gt;
* Beard&lt;br /&gt;
* Moustache&lt;br /&gt;
* Chin&lt;br /&gt;
* Nostrils&lt;br /&gt;
* Nose&lt;br /&gt;
* Hairy&lt;br /&gt;
* Scalp&lt;br /&gt;
* Sideburns&lt;br /&gt;
* Goatee&lt;br /&gt;
* Stubble&lt;br /&gt;
* Dimple&lt;br /&gt;
- Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
* To smile&lt;br /&gt;
* To frown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Utilize o seguinte recurso para treinar a pronúncia e conhecer o significado das palavras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/face/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classroom English==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*I finished this exercise &lt;br /&gt;
**Eu terminei esse exercício&lt;br /&gt;
*I finished this lesson&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu terminei esta lição&lt;br /&gt;
*Could you explain this again?&lt;br /&gt;
**Poderia explicar isso de novo?&lt;br /&gt;
*I didn't understand this.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu não entendi isso.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/8|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/1|Lesson 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/2|Lesson 2&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/3|Lesson 3&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/4|Lesson 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/5|Lesson 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/6|Lesson 6&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/7|Lesson 7&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/8|Lesson 8&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/9|Lesson 9&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/10|Lesson 10&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/5&amp;diff=4659</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/5&amp;diff=4659"/>
		<updated>2014-02-12T20:58:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Classroom English */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|LDI0neSt6CQ}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Conjulgue os seguintes verbos no Simple Present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ To ask&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { ask _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { ask _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { asks _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { asks _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { asks _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { ask _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { ask _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { ask _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ To give&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { give _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { give _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { gives _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { gives _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { gives _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { give _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { give _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { give _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{ To play&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { play _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { play _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { plays _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { plays _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { plays _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { play _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { play _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { play _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{ To try&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { try _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { try _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { tries _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { tries _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { tries _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { try _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { try _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { try _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{ To miss&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { miss _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { miss _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { misses _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { misses _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { misses _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { miss _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { miss _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { miss _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{ To fix&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { fix _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { fix _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { fixes _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { fixes _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { fixes _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { fix _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { fix _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { fix _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{ To watch&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { watch _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { watch _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { watches _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { watches _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { watches _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { watch _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { watch _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { watch _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ To wash&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { wash _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { wash _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { washes _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { washes _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { washes _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { wash _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { wash _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { wash _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{ To go&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { go _2 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { go _2 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { goes _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { goes _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { goes _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { go _2 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { go _2 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { go _2 }&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|2ka1gyPpjTE}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
h&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Som de consoante&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hot || whole&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ahead || hear&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hard || hello&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hospital || huge&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|Numbers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0 - Zero || 10 - Ten || 20 - Twenty || 1000 - One thousand&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1 - One || 11 - Eleven || 30 - Thirty || 10,000 - Ten thousand&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2 - Two || 12 - Twelve || 40 - Forty || 100,000 - One hundred thousand &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3 - Three || 13 - Thirteen || 50 - Fifty || 1,000,000 - One Million&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4 - Four || 14 - Fourteen || 60 - Sixty || 1,000,000,000 - One Billion&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5 - Five || 15 - Fifteen || 70 - Seventy || 1,000,000,000,000 - One trillion&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6 - Six || 16 - Sixteen || 80 - Eighty ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7 - Seven || 17 - Seventeen || 90 - Ninety ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8 - Eight || 18 - Eighteen || 100 - One hundred ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9 - Nine || 19 - Nineteen || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Utilize o seguinte recurso para treinar a pronúncia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/numbers/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agora diga os seguintes números:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*734&lt;br /&gt;
*18&lt;br /&gt;
*1,020&lt;br /&gt;
*2,013&lt;br /&gt;
*700,500&lt;br /&gt;
*501&lt;br /&gt;
*76&lt;br /&gt;
*91&lt;br /&gt;
*350&lt;br /&gt;
*6,428&lt;br /&gt;
*15,700&lt;br /&gt;
*21,844,729&lt;br /&gt;
==Classroom English== &lt;br /&gt;
Aprenda mais algumas frases:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*I am sorry &lt;br /&gt;
**Me desculpe&lt;br /&gt;
*Excuse me&lt;br /&gt;
**Com licença&lt;br /&gt;
* I will be back in a minute.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu volto em um minuto&lt;br /&gt;
* I need to pick this call&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu preciso atender essa chamada.&lt;br /&gt;
*May I go to the bathroom?&lt;br /&gt;
**posso ir ao banheiro?&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/6|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/1|Lesson 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/2|Lesson 2&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/3|Lesson 3&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/4|Lesson 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/5|Lesson 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/6|Lesson 6&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/7|Lesson 7&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/8|Lesson 8&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/9|Lesson 9&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/10|Lesson 10&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/5&amp;diff=4658</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/5&amp;diff=4658"/>
		<updated>2014-02-12T20:57:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|LDI0neSt6CQ}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Conjulgue os seguintes verbos no Simple Present:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ To ask&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { ask _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { ask _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { asks _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { asks _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { asks _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { ask _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { ask _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { ask _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ To give&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { give _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { give _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { gives _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { gives _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { gives _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { give _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { give _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { give _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{ To play&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { play _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { play _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { plays _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { plays _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { plays _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { play _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { play _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { play _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{ To try&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { try _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { try _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { tries _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { tries _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { tries _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { try _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { try _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { try _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{ To miss&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { miss _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { miss _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { misses _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { misses _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { misses _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { miss _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { miss _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { miss _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{ To fix&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { fix _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { fix _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { fixes _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { fixes _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { fixes _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { fix _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { fix _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { fix _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{ To watch&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { watch _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { watch _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { watches _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { watches _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { watches _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { watch _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { watch _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { watch _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ To wash&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { wash _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { wash _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { washes _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { washes _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { washes _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { wash _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { wash _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { wash _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{ To go&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
I { go _2 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { go _2 }&lt;br /&gt;
He { goes _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
She { goes _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
It { goes _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
We { go _2 }&lt;br /&gt;
You { go _2 }&lt;br /&gt;
They { go _2 }&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|2ka1gyPpjTE}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
h&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Som de consoante&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hot || whole&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ahead || hear&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hard || hello&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hospital || huge&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|Numbers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0 - Zero || 10 - Ten || 20 - Twenty || 1000 - One thousand&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1 - One || 11 - Eleven || 30 - Thirty || 10,000 - Ten thousand&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2 - Two || 12 - Twelve || 40 - Forty || 100,000 - One hundred thousand &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3 - Three || 13 - Thirteen || 50 - Fifty || 1,000,000 - One Million&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4 - Four || 14 - Fourteen || 60 - Sixty || 1,000,000,000 - One Billion&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5 - Five || 15 - Fifteen || 70 - Seventy || 1,000,000,000,000 - One trillion&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6 - Six || 16 - Sixteen || 80 - Eighty ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7 - Seven || 17 - Seventeen || 90 - Ninety ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8 - Eight || 18 - Eighteen || 100 - One hundred ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9 - Nine || 19 - Nineteen || ||&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Utilize o seguinte recurso para treinar a pronúncia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/numbers/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agora diga os seguintes números:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*734&lt;br /&gt;
*18&lt;br /&gt;
*1,020&lt;br /&gt;
*2,013&lt;br /&gt;
*700,500&lt;br /&gt;
*501&lt;br /&gt;
*76&lt;br /&gt;
*91&lt;br /&gt;
*350&lt;br /&gt;
*6,428&lt;br /&gt;
*15,700&lt;br /&gt;
*21,844,729&lt;br /&gt;
==Classroom English== &lt;br /&gt;
Aprenda mais algumas frases:&lt;br /&gt;
*I am sorry &lt;br /&gt;
**Me desculpe&lt;br /&gt;
*Excuse me&lt;br /&gt;
**Com licença&lt;br /&gt;
* I will be back in a minute.&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu volto em um minuto&lt;br /&gt;
* I need to pick this call&lt;br /&gt;
**Eu preciso atender essa chamada.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/6|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/1|Lesson 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/2|Lesson 2&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/3|Lesson 3&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/4|Lesson 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/5|Lesson 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/6|Lesson 6&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/7|Lesson 7&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/8|Lesson 8&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/9|Lesson 9&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/10|Lesson 10&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/2&amp;diff=4645</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/2&amp;diff=4645"/>
		<updated>2014-02-12T20:35:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Classroom English */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|tiy5hE4tYgg}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pesquise o significado dos seguintes substantivos e descubra se são contáveis ou não contáveis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}family pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}family en] - family&lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}friend pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}friend en] - friend&lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}money pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}money en] - money &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}sand pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}sand en] - sand &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}water pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}water en] - water &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}car pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}car en] - car &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}person pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}person en] - person&lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}salt pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}salt en] - salt &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}baby pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}baby en] - baby&lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}milk pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}milk en] - milk &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}information pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}information en] - information &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}music pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}music en] - music &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}song pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}song en] - song &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}homework pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}homework en] - homework &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}luggage pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}luggage en] - luggage &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Faça o seguinte exercício. Se cometer algum erro, assista ao vídeo novamente e refaça os exercícios. Não vá adiante até obter um aproveitamento de 100%.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Selecione C para contáveis (countable) e U para não contáveis (uncountable):&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
| C | U&lt;br /&gt;
+- family&lt;br /&gt;
+- friend&lt;br /&gt;
-+ money&lt;br /&gt;
-+ sand&lt;br /&gt;
-+ water&lt;br /&gt;
+- car&lt;br /&gt;
+- person&lt;br /&gt;
-+ salt&lt;br /&gt;
+- baby&lt;br /&gt;
-+ milk&lt;br /&gt;
-+ information&lt;br /&gt;
-+ music&lt;br /&gt;
+- song&lt;br /&gt;
-+ homework&lt;br /&gt;
-+ luggage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;flashmp3&amp;gt;http://www.thegrove.com.br/mp3/m%20n%20ng.mp3&amp;lt;/flashmp3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====m====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lábios fechados. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!word || IPA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|more || /mɔː/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hammer || /ˈhæmə/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|sum || /sʌm/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====n====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lábios abertos. &lt;br /&gt;
*Língua tocando a parte de trás dos dentes de cima.&lt;br /&gt;
*Som na parte da frente da boca. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!word || IPA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|nice || /naɪs/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|funny || /ˈfʌni/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|sun || /sʌn/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====ŋ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lábios abertos. &lt;br /&gt;
*Língua tocando a parte de trás dos dentes de cima. &lt;br /&gt;
*Som na parte de trás da boca. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!word || IPA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ring || /rɪŋ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|anger || /ˈæŋgə/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|thanks || /θæŋks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|sung || /sʌŋ/ &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Days of the week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sunday&lt;br /&gt;
*Monday&lt;br /&gt;
*Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;
*Wednesday&lt;br /&gt;
*Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
*Friday&lt;br /&gt;
*Saturday&lt;br /&gt;
*Week&lt;br /&gt;
*Weekend&lt;br /&gt;
Usamos a preposição '''on''' com os dias da semana. Então dizemos:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|I work on Sunday.&lt;br /&gt;
I study on Monday.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note que sempre escrevemos os dias da semana em inglês com letra maiúscula.&lt;br /&gt;
==Classroom English==&lt;br /&gt;
Vamos aprender mais frases prontas:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Bye! See you on ___________ &lt;br /&gt;
**Tchau! vejo você na ___________&lt;br /&gt;
* How was your weekend &lt;br /&gt;
** Como foi seu final de semana?&lt;br /&gt;
* My weekend was good/ nice &lt;br /&gt;
**Meu final de semana foi bom&lt;br /&gt;
* See you next week &lt;br /&gt;
** Vejo você semana que vem&lt;br /&gt;
* See you next _______ &lt;br /&gt;
**Vejo você na próxima _______________&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/3|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/1|Lesson 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/2|Lesson 2&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/3|Lesson 3&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/4|Lesson 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/5|Lesson 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/6|Lesson 6&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/7|Lesson 7&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/8|Lesson 8&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/9|Lesson 9&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/10|Lesson 10&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/1&amp;diff=4644</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/1&amp;diff=4644"/>
		<updated>2014-02-12T20:31:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Classroom English */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|pylDEvRm8gg}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faça o seguinte exercício. Se cometer algum erro, assista ao vídeo novamente e refaça os exercícios. Não vá adiante até obter um aproveitamento de 100%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Caso não saiba o significado de alguma das palavras abaixo, pesquise em: [http://www.wordreference.com www.wordreference.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Reescreva os seguintes substantivos, colocando-os no plural:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
a. boy { boys _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
b. girl { girls _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
c. dog { dogs _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
d. match { matches _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
e. man { men _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
f. foot { feet _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
g. telephone { telephones _10 }&lt;br /&gt;
h. tooth { teeth _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
i. bus { buses _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
j. glass { glasses _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
k. baby { babies _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
l. bird { birds _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
m. chair { chairs _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
n. person { people _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
o. box { boxes _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
p. brush { brushes _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
q. child { children _8 }&lt;br /&gt;
r. banana { bananas _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
s. spoon { spoons _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
t. cup { cups _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
u. woman { women _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
v. newspaper { newspapers _10 }&lt;br /&gt;
w. dictionary { dictionaries _12 }&lt;br /&gt;
x. camera { cameras _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
y. city { cities _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
z. bag { bags _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leia o seguinte texto, mas não se preocupe em entender o significado, mais tarde trabalharemos esta parte. Por hora, vamos aprender a pronúncia. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[http://thegrove.com.br/blog/nivelamento-01-pronuncia/ Siga este link e grave uma versão sua.]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-top: 20px; width: 50%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please call Stella.  Ask her to bring these things with her from the store:  Six spoons of fresh snow peas, five thick slabs of blue cheese, and maybe a snack for her brother Bob.  We also need a small plastic snake and a big toy frog for the kids.  She can scoop these things into three red bags, and we will go meet her Wednesday at the train station. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Agora, ouça várias vezes e compare a pronúncia de quatro falantes nativos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=detail&amp;amp;speakerid=61 english1], male, pittsburgh, pennsylvania, usa&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=detail&amp;amp;speakerid=77 english2], female, birmingham, uk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=detail&amp;amp;speakerid=88 english3], female, brisbane, australia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=detail&amp;amp;speakerid=99 english4], female, saint anne's bay, jamaica&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=find&amp;amp;language=english Lista] com mais exemplos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English Alphabet&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse:collapse;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- 	&lt;br /&gt;
|bgcolor=&amp;quot;#EFEFEF&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;26&amp;quot; | '''Capital letters''' (also called '''uppercase''')&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|A||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|B||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|C||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|D||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|E||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|F||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|G||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|H||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|I||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|J||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|K||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|L||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|M||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|N||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|O||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|P||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Q||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|R||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|S||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|T||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|U||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|V||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|W||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|X||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Y||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Z&lt;br /&gt;
|- 	&lt;br /&gt;
|bgcolor=&amp;quot;#EFEFEF&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;26&amp;quot; | '''Small letters''' (also called '''lowercase''')&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|a||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|b||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|c||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|d||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|e||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|f||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|g||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|h||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|i||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|j||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|k||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|l||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|m||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|n||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|o||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|p||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|q||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|r||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|s||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|t||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|u||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|v||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|w||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|x||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|y||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|z&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouça um britânico falando o alfabeto:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;flashmp3&amp;gt;http://www.thegrove.com.br/images/e/ea/Alphabet.mp3&amp;lt;/flashmp3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Para peguntar como soletramos uma palavra usamos a seguinte expressão:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| How do you spell &amp;quot;beautiful&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quando uma letra se repete, usamos a expressão &amp;quot;double&amp;quot;, por exemplo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Q: How do you spell spoon?&lt;br /&gt;
A: S, P, double O, N &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use o seguinte recurso para treinar o alfabeto em inglês:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/alphabet/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agora soletre as seguintes palavras:&lt;br /&gt;
#boy &lt;br /&gt;
#girl&lt;br /&gt;
#dog&lt;br /&gt;
#match&lt;br /&gt;
#man&lt;br /&gt;
#foot&lt;br /&gt;
#telephone&lt;br /&gt;
#tooth&lt;br /&gt;
#bus&lt;br /&gt;
#glass&lt;br /&gt;
#baby&lt;br /&gt;
#bird&lt;br /&gt;
#chair&lt;br /&gt;
#person&lt;br /&gt;
#box&lt;br /&gt;
#brush&lt;br /&gt;
#child&lt;br /&gt;
#banana&lt;br /&gt;
#spoon&lt;br /&gt;
#cup&lt;br /&gt;
#woman&lt;br /&gt;
#newspaper &lt;br /&gt;
#dictionary &lt;br /&gt;
#camera &lt;br /&gt;
#city &lt;br /&gt;
#bag &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classroom English==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vamos aprender algumas frases prontas para que você possa utilizar nas aulas que estão por vir.  Peça para o professor auxiliá-lo se necessário.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well well-ex&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Hi how are you?  &lt;br /&gt;
**Oi como está você?&lt;br /&gt;
* I'm fine! &lt;br /&gt;
**Eu estou bem&lt;br /&gt;
* My name is ___________ and I'm __________ years old &lt;br /&gt;
**Meu nome é __________ e eu tenho _____________ anos de idade.&lt;br /&gt;
* I work as a  ___________ &lt;br /&gt;
**Eu sou ___________ (função/ trabalho)&lt;br /&gt;
* What is the meaning of_____________ &lt;br /&gt;
** Qual o significado de _____________&lt;br /&gt;
* How can I say ___________ in english? &lt;br /&gt;
** Como posso dizer _________ em inglês?&lt;br /&gt;
* Could you repeat please? &lt;br /&gt;
**Poderia repetir por favor?&lt;br /&gt;
* thanks! &lt;br /&gt;
**Obrigado!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Bites==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para tomar um café em um país de língua inglesa, é importante saber dizer que tamanho queremos que o copo seja.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No Dunkin' Donuts, uma das maiores redes de cafés dos Estados Unidos, eles usam as palavras padrão para os tamanhos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elas são: '''small''', '''medium''', '''large''' e '''extra large'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Já no Starbucks, eles resolveram inventar nomes e usam '''tall''' para '''small''', '''grande''' para '''medium''', '''venti''' para '''large''' e '''trenta''' para extra '''large'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/2|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Awaiting review]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/1|Lesson 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/2|Lesson 2&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/3|Lesson 3&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/4|Lesson 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/5|Lesson 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/6|Lesson 6&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/7|Lesson 7&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/8|Lesson 8&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/9|Lesson 9&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/10|Lesson 10&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/2&amp;diff=4641</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/2&amp;diff=4641"/>
		<updated>2014-02-12T20:23:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|tiy5hE4tYgg}}&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pesquise o significado dos seguintes substantivos e descubra se são contáveis ou não contáveis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}family pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}family en] - family&lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}friend pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}friend en] - friend&lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}money pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}money en] - money &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}sand pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}sand en] - sand &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}water pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}water en] - water &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}car pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}car en] - car &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}person pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}person en] - person&lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}salt pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}salt en] - salt &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}baby pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}baby en] - baby&lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}milk pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}milk en] - milk &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}information pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}information en] - information &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}music pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}music en] - music &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}song pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}song en] - song &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}homework pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}homework en] - homework &lt;br /&gt;
*[{{Wiktionary-pt}}luggage pt] | [{{Wiktionary-en}}luggage en] - luggage &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Faça o seguinte exercício. Se cometer algum erro, assista ao vídeo novamente e refaça os exercícios. Não vá adiante até obter um aproveitamento de 100%.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{Selecione C para contáveis (countable) e U para não contáveis (uncountable):&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;()&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
| C | U&lt;br /&gt;
+- family&lt;br /&gt;
+- friend&lt;br /&gt;
-+ money&lt;br /&gt;
-+ sand&lt;br /&gt;
-+ water&lt;br /&gt;
+- car&lt;br /&gt;
+- person&lt;br /&gt;
-+ salt&lt;br /&gt;
+- baby&lt;br /&gt;
-+ milk&lt;br /&gt;
-+ information&lt;br /&gt;
-+ music&lt;br /&gt;
+- song&lt;br /&gt;
-+ homework&lt;br /&gt;
-+ luggage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;flashmp3&amp;gt;http://www.thegrove.com.br/mp3/m%20n%20ng.mp3&amp;lt;/flashmp3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====m====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lábios fechados. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!word || IPA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|more || /mɔː/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|hammer || /ˈhæmə/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|sum || /sʌm/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====n====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lábios abertos. &lt;br /&gt;
*Língua tocando a parte de trás dos dentes de cima.&lt;br /&gt;
*Som na parte da frente da boca. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!word || IPA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|nice || /naɪs/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|funny || /ˈfʌni/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|sun || /sʌn/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====ŋ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lábios abertos. &lt;br /&gt;
*Língua tocando a parte de trás dos dentes de cima. &lt;br /&gt;
*Som na parte de trás da boca. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!word || IPA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ring || /rɪŋ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|anger || /ˈæŋgə/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|thanks || /θæŋks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|sung || /sʌŋ/ &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Days of the week&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sunday&lt;br /&gt;
*Monday&lt;br /&gt;
*Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;
*Wednesday&lt;br /&gt;
*Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
*Friday&lt;br /&gt;
*Saturday&lt;br /&gt;
*Week&lt;br /&gt;
*Weekend&lt;br /&gt;
Usamos a preposição '''on''' com os dias da semana. Então dizemos:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|I work on Sunday.&lt;br /&gt;
I study on Monday.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note que sempre escrevemos os dias da semana em inglês com letra maiúscula.&lt;br /&gt;
==Classroom English==&lt;br /&gt;
#Vamos aprender mais frases prontas:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bye! See you on ___________ **Tchau! vejo você na ___________&lt;br /&gt;
* How was your weekend ** Como foi seu final de semana?&lt;br /&gt;
* My weekend was good/ nice **Meu final de semana foi bom&lt;br /&gt;
* See you next week ** Vejo você semana que vem&lt;br /&gt;
* See you next _______ **Vejo você na próxima _______________&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/3|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/1|Lesson 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/2|Lesson 2&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/3|Lesson 3&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/4|Lesson 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/5|Lesson 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/6|Lesson 6&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/7|Lesson 7&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/8|Lesson 8&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/9|Lesson 9&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/10|Lesson 10&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/1&amp;diff=4639</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/1&amp;diff=4639"/>
		<updated>2014-02-12T20:06:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|pylDEvRm8gg}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Exercise===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faça o seguinte exercício. Se cometer algum erro, assista ao vídeo novamente e refaça os exercícios. Não vá adiante até obter um aproveitamento de 100%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Caso não saiba o significado de alguma das palavras abaixo, pesquise em: [http://www.wordreference.com www.wordreference.com]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{ Reescreva os seguintes substantivos, colocando-os no plural:&lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
a. boy { boys _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
b. girl { girls _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
c. dog { dogs _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
d. match { matches _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
e. man { men _3 }&lt;br /&gt;
f. foot { feet _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
g. telephone { telephones _10 }&lt;br /&gt;
h. tooth { teeth _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
i. bus { buses _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
j. glass { glasses _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
k. baby { babies _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
l. bird { birds _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
m. chair { chairs _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
n. person { people _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
o. box { boxes _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
p. brush { brushes _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
q. child { children _8 }&lt;br /&gt;
r. banana { bananas _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
s. spoon { spoons _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
t. cup { cups _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
u. woman { women _5 }&lt;br /&gt;
v. newspaper { newspapers _10 }&lt;br /&gt;
w. dictionary { dictionaries _12 }&lt;br /&gt;
x. camera { cameras _7 }&lt;br /&gt;
y. city { cities _6 }&lt;br /&gt;
z. bag { bags _4 }&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leia o seguinte texto, mas não se preocupe em entender o significado, mais tarde trabalharemos esta parte. Por hora, vamos aprender a pronúncia. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[http://thegrove.com.br/blog/nivelamento-01-pronuncia/ Siga este link e grave uma versão sua.]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;well&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-top: 20px; width: 50%;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Please call Stella.  Ask her to bring these things with her from the store:  Six spoons of fresh snow peas, five thick slabs of blue cheese, and maybe a snack for her brother Bob.  We also need a small plastic snake and a big toy frog for the kids.  She can scoop these things into three red bags, and we will go meet her Wednesday at the train station. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Agora, ouça várias vezes e compare a pronúncia de quatro falantes nativos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=detail&amp;amp;speakerid=61 english1], male, pittsburgh, pennsylvania, usa&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=detail&amp;amp;speakerid=77 english2], female, birmingham, uk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=detail&amp;amp;speakerid=88 english3], female, brisbane, australia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=detail&amp;amp;speakerid=99 english4], female, saint anne's bay, jamaica&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[http://accent.gmu.edu/browse_language.php?function=find&amp;amp;language=english Lista] com mais exemplos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English Alphabet&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse:collapse;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- 	&lt;br /&gt;
|bgcolor=&amp;quot;#EFEFEF&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;26&amp;quot; | '''Capital letters''' (also called '''uppercase''')&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|A||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|B||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|C||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|D||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|E||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|F||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|G||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|H||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|I||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|J||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|K||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|L||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|M||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|N||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|O||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|P||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Q||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|R||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|S||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|T||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|U||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|V||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|W||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|X||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Y||width=3% align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|Z&lt;br /&gt;
|- 	&lt;br /&gt;
|bgcolor=&amp;quot;#EFEFEF&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;26&amp;quot; | '''Small letters''' (also called '''lowercase''')&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|a||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|b||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|c||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|d||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|e||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|f||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|g||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|h||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|i||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|j||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|k||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|l||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|m||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|n||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|o||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|p||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|q||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|r||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|s||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|t||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|u||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|v||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|w||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|x||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|y||align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;|z&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouça um britânico falando o alfabeto:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;flashmp3&amp;gt;http://www.thegrove.com.br/images/e/ea/Alphabet.mp3&amp;lt;/flashmp3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Para peguntar como soletramos uma palavra usamos a seguinte expressão:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| How do you spell &amp;quot;beautiful&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quando uma letra se repete, usamos a expressão &amp;quot;double&amp;quot;, por exemplo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Q: How do you spell spoon?&lt;br /&gt;
A: S, P, double O, N &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use o seguinte recurso para treinar o alfabeto em inglês:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/alphabet/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agora soletre as seguintes palavras:&lt;br /&gt;
#boy &lt;br /&gt;
#girl&lt;br /&gt;
#dog&lt;br /&gt;
#match&lt;br /&gt;
#man&lt;br /&gt;
#foot&lt;br /&gt;
#telephone&lt;br /&gt;
#tooth&lt;br /&gt;
#bus&lt;br /&gt;
#glass&lt;br /&gt;
#baby&lt;br /&gt;
#bird&lt;br /&gt;
#chair&lt;br /&gt;
#person&lt;br /&gt;
#box&lt;br /&gt;
#brush&lt;br /&gt;
#child&lt;br /&gt;
#banana&lt;br /&gt;
#spoon&lt;br /&gt;
#cup&lt;br /&gt;
#woman&lt;br /&gt;
#newspaper &lt;br /&gt;
#dictionary &lt;br /&gt;
#camera &lt;br /&gt;
#city &lt;br /&gt;
#bag &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Classroom English==&lt;br /&gt;
* Vamos aprender algumas frases prontas para que você possa utilizar nas aulas que estão por vir.  Peça para o professor auxilia-lo se necessário.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hi how are you?  **Oi como está você?&lt;br /&gt;
* I'm fine! **Eu estou bem&lt;br /&gt;
* My name is ___________ and I'm __________ years old **&lt;br /&gt;
* I work as a  ___________ **Eu sou ___________ (função/ trabalho)&lt;br /&gt;
* What is the meaning of_____________ ** Qual o significado de _____________&lt;br /&gt;
* How can I say ___________ in english? ** Como posso dizer _________ em inglês?&lt;br /&gt;
* Could you repeat please? **Poderia repetir por favor?&lt;br /&gt;
* thanks! **Obrigado!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/2|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Awaiting review]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/1|Lesson 1&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/2|Lesson 2&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/3|Lesson 3&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/4|Lesson 4&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/5|Lesson 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/6|Lesson 6&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/7|Lesson 7&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/8|Lesson 8&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/9|Lesson 9&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/10|Lesson 10&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/44&amp;diff=4566</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/44</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/44&amp;diff=4566"/>
		<updated>2014-02-11T12:11:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Vocabulary */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Grammar==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Should&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Should&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pronunciation== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  ||  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vocabulary==&lt;br /&gt;
* To Pretend - Pretended&lt;br /&gt;
* To Kill - killed&lt;br /&gt;
* To Exist - Existed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fantasy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Monster&lt;br /&gt;
* Ghost&lt;br /&gt;
* Witch&lt;br /&gt;
* Cackle&lt;br /&gt;
* Cauldron&lt;br /&gt;
* Witches´ brew&lt;br /&gt;
* Wizard&lt;br /&gt;
* Wand&lt;br /&gt;
* Giant&lt;br /&gt;
* Dwarf&lt;br /&gt;
* Fairy&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf&lt;br /&gt;
* Werewolf&lt;br /&gt;
* Mermaid&lt;br /&gt;
* Mummy&lt;br /&gt;
* Moan&lt;br /&gt;
* Genie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/fantasy/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slang and Idioms /Phrasal Verbs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conversation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to read or watch fantasy stories/movies? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Which fantasy movie you watched that got your attention?&lt;br /&gt;
# Tell me a little about this movie.&lt;br /&gt;
# What is your favorite mystical creature?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is a dwarf/mmermaid/genie/monster?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s Harry Potter´s story about?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you know any good fairy tales?&lt;br /&gt;
# Who were the Grimm Brothers?&lt;br /&gt;
# How long does an elf live?&lt;br /&gt;
# If you could live in a fairy tale, in which one would you live and why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel…==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Drill&lt;br /&gt;
3.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Text listening&lt;br /&gt;
5. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;nextlessonbtn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Lesson:Essentials/45|Next lesson]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tier 5&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/41|Lesson 41&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/42|Lesson 42&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/43|Lesson 43&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/44|Lesson 44&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/45|Lesson 45&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/46|Lesson 46&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/47|Lesson 47&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/48|Lesson 48&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/49|Lesson 49&lt;br /&gt;
** Lesson:Essentials/50|Lesson 50&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/sidebar&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/43&amp;diff=3871</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/43</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/43&amp;diff=3871"/>
		<updated>2014-02-04T12:23:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: /* Exercises */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Grammar=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Could&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Could&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pronunciation= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|iPVvOpzzU_s}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| back || trap&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| stamp || lap  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| hat || scrap &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fat || natural &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  lack || bat  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=Vocabulary=&lt;br /&gt;
* To tell - Told&lt;br /&gt;
* To see - saw&lt;br /&gt;
* To know - knew&lt;br /&gt;
* To hold - Held&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* King&lt;br /&gt;
* Scepter&lt;br /&gt;
* Crown&lt;br /&gt;
* Throne&lt;br /&gt;
* Queen&lt;br /&gt;
* Prince&lt;br /&gt;
* Princess&lt;br /&gt;
* Noble&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasant&lt;br /&gt;
* Castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Drawbridge&lt;br /&gt;
* Moat&lt;br /&gt;
* Flag&lt;br /&gt;
* Flag pole&lt;br /&gt;
* Knight&lt;br /&gt;
* Visor&lt;br /&gt;
* Hilt&lt;br /&gt;
* Sword&lt;br /&gt;
* Shield&lt;br /&gt;
* Squire, page&lt;br /&gt;
* Armor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lance&lt;br /&gt;
* Halberd&lt;br /&gt;
* Executioner&lt;br /&gt;
* Stockade&lt;br /&gt;
* Gallow&lt;br /&gt;
* Nose&lt;br /&gt;
* Pirate&lt;br /&gt;
* Caveman&lt;br /&gt;
* Club&lt;br /&gt;
* Bow&lt;br /&gt;
* Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
* Quiver&lt;br /&gt;
* Spear&lt;br /&gt;
* Slingshot&lt;br /&gt;
* Weapon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/history/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercises == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Look at the photos and answer the questions, the teacher may ask you to write down your answers or to answer orally: &lt;br /&gt;
::[[File:Tewkesbury Medieval Festival 2009 - Fight.jpg|500px|Tewkesbury Medieval Festival 2009 - Fight]]&lt;br /&gt;
::a. what are they holding?&lt;br /&gt;
::b. what are they wearing&lt;br /&gt;
::c. Describe the whole picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Look at the photo below and create a short text inspired by the picture.&lt;br /&gt;
::[[File:Trakošćan 2007.JPG|500px|Trakošćan 2007]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Slang and Idioms /Phrasal Verbs=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conversation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to know about old history?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s so curious about world history?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you know any castle? If so, which one?&lt;br /&gt;
# What city, that ou know, do you consider to be the most historical? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to visit historical places?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are there any historical places where you live? Which one(s)?&lt;br /&gt;
# If you could go back on time, which personality would like to be in the old world history? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is/was the role of a king?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would you like to live in those moments?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would like to live in a kingdom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Travel…=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Review=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Drill&lt;br /&gt;
3.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Text listening&lt;br /&gt;
5. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lesson:Essentials/44|Next lesson]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/43&amp;diff=3870</id>
		<title>Lesson:Essentials/43</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://thegrove.com.br/metodo/index.php?title=Lesson:Essentials/43&amp;diff=3870"/>
		<updated>2014-02-04T12:20:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Danilogfigueiredo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Grammar=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|ID}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;quiz display=simple&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{ &lt;br /&gt;
|type=&amp;quot;{}&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/quiz&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:1. Could&lt;br /&gt;
:2. Could&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Pronunciation= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|iPVvOpzzU_s}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| back || trap&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| stamp || lap  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| hat || scrap &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| fat || natural &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  lack || bat  &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=Vocabulary=&lt;br /&gt;
* To tell - Told&lt;br /&gt;
* To see - saw&lt;br /&gt;
* To know - knew&lt;br /&gt;
* To hold - Held&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* King&lt;br /&gt;
* Scepter&lt;br /&gt;
* Crown&lt;br /&gt;
* Throne&lt;br /&gt;
* Queen&lt;br /&gt;
* Prince&lt;br /&gt;
* Princess&lt;br /&gt;
* Noble&lt;br /&gt;
* Peasant&lt;br /&gt;
* Castle&lt;br /&gt;
* Drawbridge&lt;br /&gt;
* Moat&lt;br /&gt;
* Flag&lt;br /&gt;
* Flag pole&lt;br /&gt;
* Knight&lt;br /&gt;
* Visor&lt;br /&gt;
* Hilt&lt;br /&gt;
* Sword&lt;br /&gt;
* Shield&lt;br /&gt;
* Squire, page&lt;br /&gt;
* Armor&lt;br /&gt;
* Lance&lt;br /&gt;
* Halberd&lt;br /&gt;
* Executioner&lt;br /&gt;
* Stockade&lt;br /&gt;
* Gallow&lt;br /&gt;
* Nose&lt;br /&gt;
* Pirate&lt;br /&gt;
* Caveman&lt;br /&gt;
* Club&lt;br /&gt;
* Bow&lt;br /&gt;
* Arrow&lt;br /&gt;
* Quiver&lt;br /&gt;
* Spear&lt;br /&gt;
* Slingshot&lt;br /&gt;
* Weapon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.languageguide.org/english/vocabulary/history/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercises == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Look at the photos and answer the questions, the teacher may ask you to write down your answers or to answer orally: &lt;br /&gt;
::[[File:Tewkesbury Medieval Festival 2009 - Fight.jpg|500px|Tewkesbury Medieval Festival 2009 - Fight]]&lt;br /&gt;
::a. what are they holding?&lt;br /&gt;
::b. what are they wearing&lt;br /&gt;
::c. Describe the whole picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Look at the photo below and create a short text inspired by the picture.&lt;br /&gt;
::[[File:Trakošćan 2007.JPG|Trakošćan 2007]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Slang and Idioms /Phrasal Verbs=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conversation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to know about old history?&lt;br /&gt;
# What´s so curious about world history?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you know any castle? If so, which one?&lt;br /&gt;
# What city, that ou know, do you consider to be the most historical? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you like to visit historical places?&lt;br /&gt;
# Are there any historical places where you live? Which one(s)?&lt;br /&gt;
# If you could go back on time, which personality would like to be in the old world history? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
# What is/was the role of a king?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would you like to live in those moments?&lt;br /&gt;
# Would like to live in a kingdom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Travel…=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Review=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Drill&lt;br /&gt;
3.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Text listening&lt;br /&gt;
5. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lesson:Essentials/44|Next lesson]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:DISQUS&lt;br /&gt;
|id=jointhegrove&lt;br /&gt;
|uniqid={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|url={{fullurl:{{PAGENAME}}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Danilogfigueiredo</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>